"Fossies" - the Fresh Open Source Software Archive

Member "sssd-2.4.2/src/man/po/ja.po" (19 Feb 2021, 811082 Bytes) of package /linux/misc/sssd-2.4.2.tar.gz:


As a special service "Fossies" has tried to format the requested source page into HTML format using (guessed) PO translation source code syntax highlighting (style: standard) with prefixed line numbers. Alternatively you can here view or download the uninterpreted source code file.

    1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
    2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Red Hat
    3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the sssd-docs package.
    4 #
    5 # Translators:
    6 # Tadashi Jokagi <elf@poyo.jp>, 2012
    7 # Tomoyuki KATO <tomo@dream.daynight.jp>, 2012-2013
    8 # carrotsoft <www.carrotsoft@gmail.com>, 2012
    9 # Keiko Moriguchi <kemorigu@redhat.com>, 2019. #zanata
   10 # Ludek Janda <ljanda@redhat.com>, 2020. #zanata
   11 msgid ""
   12 msgstr ""
   13 "Project-Id-Version: sssd-docs 2.3.0\n"
   14 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: sssd-devel@redhat.com\n"
   15 "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-19 16:49+0100\n"
   16 "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-07-22 07:48-0400\n"
   17 "Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
   18 "Language-Team: Japanese (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/sssd/language/"
   19 "ja/)\n"
   20 "Language: ja\n"
   21 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
   22 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
   23 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
   24 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
   25 "X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
   26 
   27 #. type: Content of: <reference><title>
   28 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:5 sssd.conf.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap.5.xml:5 pam_sss.8.xml:5
   29 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:5 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:5 sssd-simple.5.xml:5
   30 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:5 sssd-ipa.5.xml:5 sssd-ad.5.xml:5 sssd-sudo.5.xml:5
   31 #: sssd.8.xml:5 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:5 sss_override.8.xml:5 sss_useradd.8.xml:5
   32 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:5 sss_groupadd.8.xml:5 sss_userdel.8.xml:5
   33 #: sss_groupdel.8.xml:5 sss_groupshow.8.xml:5 sss_usermod.8.xml:5
   34 #: sss_cache.8.xml:5 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:5 sss_seed.8.xml:5 sssd-ifp.5.xml:5
   35 #: sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:5 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:5
   36 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:5 idmap_sss.8.xml:5 sssctl.8.xml:5
   37 #: sssd-files.5.xml:5 sssd-secrets.5.xml:5 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:5
   38 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:5 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:5 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:5
   39 msgid "SSSD Manual pages"
   40 msgstr "SSSD マニュアル ページ"
   41 
   42 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
   43 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:10 sss_groupmod.8.xml:15
   44 msgid "sss_groupmod"
   45 msgstr "sss_groupmod"
   46 
   47 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
   48 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:11 pam_sss.8.xml:12 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:12
   49 #: sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:11 sssd.8.xml:11 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:11
   50 #: sss_override.8.xml:11 sss_useradd.8.xml:11 sss_groupadd.8.xml:11
   51 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupdel.8.xml:11 sss_groupshow.8.xml:11
   52 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:11 sss_cache.8.xml:11 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:11
   53 #: sss_seed.8.xml:11 idmap_sss.8.xml:11 sssctl.8.xml:11 sssd-kcm.8.xml:11
   54 msgid "8"
   55 msgstr "8"
   56 
   57 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
   58 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:16
   59 msgid "modify a group"
   60 msgstr "グループを変更します。"
   61 
   62 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
   63 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:21
   64 msgid ""
   65 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   66 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   67 "arg>"
   68 msgstr ""
   69 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> <arg choice='opt'> <replaceable>options</"
   70 "replaceable> </arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>GROUP</replaceable></"
   71 "arg>"
   72 
   73 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   74 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:30 sssd-ldap.5.xml:21 pam_sss.8.xml:63
   75 #: pam_sss_gss.8.xml:30 sssd_krb5_locator_plugin.8.xml:20 sssd-simple.5.xml:22
   76 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:21 sssd-ipa.5.xml:21 sssd-ad.5.xml:21 sssd-sudo.5.xml:21
   77 #: sssd.8.xml:29 sss_obfuscate.8.xml:30 sss_override.8.xml:30
   78 #: sss_useradd.8.xml:30 sssd-krb5.5.xml:21 sss_groupadd.8.xml:30
   79 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupdel.8.xml:30 sss_groupshow.8.xml:30
   80 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:30 sss_cache.8.xml:29 sss_debuglevel.8.xml:30
   81 #: sss_seed.8.xml:31 sssd-ifp.5.xml:21 sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:30
   82 #: sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:31 idmap_sss.8.xml:20 sssctl.8.xml:30
   83 #: sssd-files.5.xml:21 sssd-secrets.5.xml:21 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:21
   84 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:21 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:21 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:21
   85 msgid "DESCRIPTION"
   86 msgstr "概要"
   87 
   88 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
   89 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:32
   90 msgid ""
   91 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> modifies the group to reflect the changes "
   92 "that are specified on the command line."
   93 msgstr ""
   94 "<command>sss_groupmod</command> はコマンドラインにおいて指定された変更を反映"
   95 "するようグループを変更します。"
   96 
   97 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
   98 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:39 pam_sss.8.xml:70 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:89 sssd.8.xml:42
   99 #: sss_obfuscate.8.xml:58 sss_useradd.8.xml:39 sss_groupadd.8.xml:39
  100 #: sss_userdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupdel.8.xml:39 sss_groupshow.8.xml:39
  101 #: sss_usermod.8.xml:39 sss_cache.8.xml:39 sss_seed.8.xml:42
  102 #: sss_ssh_authorizedkeys.1.xml:123 sss_ssh_knownhostsproxy.1.xml:62
  103 msgid "OPTIONS"
  104 msgstr "オプション"
  105 
  106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  107 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:43 sss_usermod.8.xml:77
  108 msgid ""
  109 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  110 "replaceable>"
  111 msgstr ""
  112 "<option>-a</option>,<option>--append-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  113 "replaceable>"
  114 
  115 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  116 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:48
  117 msgid ""
  118 "Append this group to groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  119 "replaceable> parameter.  The <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> parameter is "
  120 "a comma separated list of group names."
  121 msgstr ""
  122 "このグループを <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> パラメーターにより指定された"
  123 "グループに追加します。 <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> パラメーターはグルー"
  124 "プ名のカンマ区切り一覧です。"
  125 
  126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  127 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:57 sss_usermod.8.xml:91
  128 msgid ""
  129 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  130 "replaceable>"
  131 msgstr ""
  132 "<option>-r</option>,<option>--remove-group</option> <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  133 "replaceable>"
  134 
  135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  136 #: sss_groupmod.8.xml:62
  137 msgid ""
  138 "Remove this group from groups specified by the <replaceable>GROUPS</"
  139 "replaceable> parameter."
  140 msgstr ""
  141 "このグループを <replaceable>GROUPS</replaceable> パラメーターにより指定された"
  142 "グループから削除します。"
  143 
  144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
  145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:10 sssd.conf.5.xml:16
  146 msgid "sssd.conf"
  147 msgstr "sssd.conf"
  148 
  149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
  150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap.5.xml:11 sssd-simple.5.xml:11
  151 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:11 sssd-ipa.5.xml:11 sssd-ad.5.xml:11 sssd-sudo.5.xml:11
  152 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:11 sssd-ifp.5.xml:11 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:27
  153 #: sssd-files.5.xml:11 sssd-secrets.5.xml:11 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:11
  154 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:11 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:11
  155 msgid "5"
  156 msgstr "5"
  157 
  158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
  159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap.5.xml:12 sssd-simple.5.xml:12
  160 #: sss-certmap.5.xml:12 sssd-ipa.5.xml:12 sssd-ad.5.xml:12 sssd-sudo.5.xml:12
  161 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:12 sssd-ifp.5.xml:12 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:28
  162 #: sssd-files.5.xml:12 sssd-secrets.5.xml:12 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:12
  163 #: sssd-kcm.8.xml:12 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:12 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:12
  164 msgid "File Formats and Conventions"
  165 msgstr "ファイル形式および変換"
  166 
  167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
  168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:17
  169 msgid "the configuration file for SSSD"
  170 msgstr "SSSD の設定ファイル"
  171 
  172 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  173 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:21
  174 msgid "FILE FORMAT"
  175 msgstr "ファイルフォーマット"
  176 
  177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
  178 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:29
  179 #, no-wrap
  180 msgid ""
  181 "<replaceable>[section]</replaceable>\n"
  182 "<replaceable>key</replaceable> = <replaceable>value</replaceable>\n"
  183 "<replaceable>key2</replaceable> = <replaceable>value2,value3</replaceable>\n"
  184 "            "
  185 msgstr ""
  186 
  187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:24
  189 msgid ""
  190 "The file has an ini-style syntax and consists of sections and parameters. A "
  191 "section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues "
  192 "until the next section begins. An example of section with single and multi-"
  193 "valued parameters: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  194 msgstr ""
  195 "ファイルは ini 形式の構文を持ち、セクションとパラメーターから構成されます。セ"
  196 "クションは角括弧にあるセクション名から始まり、次のセクションが始まるまで続き"
  197 "ます。 1 つセクションと複数の値を持つパラメーターの例: <placeholder type="
  198 "\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
  199 
  200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:36
  202 msgid ""
  203 "The data types used are string (no quotes needed), integer and bool (with "
  204 "values of <quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote>)."
  205 msgstr ""
  206 "使用されるデータ形式は、文字列(引用符は不要)、整数および論理値"
  207 "(<quote>TRUE/FALSE</quote> の値)です。"
  208 
  209 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  210 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:41
  211 msgid ""
  212 "A comment line starts with a hash sign (<quote>#</quote>) or a semicolon "
  213 "(<quote>;</quote>).  Inline comments are not supported."
  214 msgstr ""
  215 
  216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:47
  218 msgid ""
  219 "All sections can have an optional <replaceable>description</replaceable> "
  220 "parameter. Its function is only as a label for the section."
  221 msgstr ""
  222 "すべてのセクションはオプションの <replaceable>description</replaceable> パラ"
  223 "メーターを持てます。その機能はセクションのラベルとしてのみです。"
  224 
  225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:53
  227 msgid ""
  228 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> must be a regular file, owned by root and "
  229 "only root may read from or write to the file."
  230 msgstr ""
  231 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> は、root により所有され、root のみが読み書きで"
  232 "きる、通常のファイルである必要があります。"
  233 
  234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:59
  236 msgid "CONFIGURATION SNIPPETS FROM INCLUDE DIRECTORY"
  237 msgstr ""
  238 
  239 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  240 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:62
  241 msgid ""
  242 "The configuration file <filename>sssd.conf</filename> will include "
  243 "configuration snippets using the include directory <filename>conf.d</"
  244 "filename>. This feature is available if SSSD was compiled with libini "
  245 "version 1.3.0 or later."
  246 msgstr ""
  247 
  248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:69
  250 msgid ""
  251 "Any file placed in <filename>conf.d</filename> that ends in "
  252 "<quote><filename>.conf</filename></quote> and does not begin with a dot "
  253 "(<quote>.</quote>) will be used together with <filename>sssd.conf</filename> "
  254 "to configure SSSD."
  255 msgstr ""
  256 
  257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:77
  259 msgid ""
  260 "The configuration snippets from <filename>conf.d</filename> have higher "
  261 "priority than <filename>sssd.conf</filename> and will override "
  262 "<filename>sssd.conf</filename> when conflicts occur. If several snippets are "
  263 "present in <filename>conf.d</filename>, then they are included in "
  264 "alphabetical order (based on locale).  Files included later have higher "
  265 "priority. Numerical prefixes (<filename>01_snippet.conf</filename>, "
  266 "<filename>02_snippet.conf</filename> etc.) can help visualize the priority "
  267 "(higher number means higher priority)."
  268 msgstr ""
  269 
  270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:91
  272 msgid ""
  273 "The snippet files require the same owner and permissions as <filename>sssd."
  274 "conf</filename>. Which are by default root:root and 0600."
  275 msgstr ""
  276 
  277 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  278 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:98
  279 msgid "GENERAL OPTIONS"
  280 msgstr ""
  281 
  282 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
  283 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:100
  284 msgid "Following options are usable in more than one configuration sections."
  285 msgstr ""
  286 
  287 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  288 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:104
  289 msgid "Options usable in all sections"
  290 msgstr ""
  291 
  292 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  293 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:108
  294 msgid "debug_level (integer)"
  295 msgstr "debug_level (整数)"
  296 
  297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:112
  299 msgid "debug (integer)"
  300 msgstr ""
  301 
  302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:115
  304 msgid ""
  305 "SSSD 1.14 and later also includes the <replaceable>debug</replaceable> alias "
  306 "for <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> as a convenience feature. If both "
  307 "are specified, the value of <replaceable>debug_level</replaceable> will be "
  308 "used."
  309 msgstr ""
  310 
  311 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  312 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:125
  313 msgid "debug_timestamps (bool)"
  314 msgstr "debug_timestamps (論理値)"
  315 
  316 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  317 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:128
  318 msgid ""
  319 "Add a timestamp to the debug messages.  If journald is enabled for SSSD "
  320 "debug logging this option is ignored."
  321 msgstr ""
  322 
  323 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  324 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:133 sssd.conf.5.xml:331 sssd.conf.5.xml:612
  325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:941 sssd.conf.5.xml:1936 sssd.conf.5.xml:1966
  326 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:962 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1060 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1127
  327 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1579 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1644 sssd-ipa.5.xml:341
  328 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:229 sssd-ad.5.xml:343 sssd-ad.5.xml:1177 sssd-ad.5.xml:1325
  329 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:499 sssd-secrets.5.xml:351 sssd-secrets.5.xml:364
  330 msgid "Default: true"
  331 msgstr "初期値: true"
  332 
  333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:138
  335 msgid "debug_microseconds (bool)"
  336 msgstr "debug_microseconds (論理値)"
  337 
  338 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  339 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:141
  340 msgid ""
  341 "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages.  If journald is enabled "
  342 "for SSSD debug logging this option is ignored."
  343 msgstr ""
  344 
  345 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  346 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:146 sssd.conf.5.xml:609 sssd.conf.5.xml:823
  347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1869 sssd.conf.5.xml:3686 sssd-ldap.5.xml:312
  348 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:813 sssd-ldap.5.xml:832 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1032
  349 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1463 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1668 sssd-ipa.5.xml:151
  350 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:253 sssd-ipa.5.xml:589 sssd-ad.5.xml:1083 sssd-krb5.5.xml:266
  351 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:300 sssd-krb5.5.xml:471 sssd-krb5.5.xml:573
  352 msgid "Default: false"
  353 msgstr "初期値: false"
  354 
  355 #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?)
  356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:106 sssd.conf.5.xml:157 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1520
  357 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1691 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:82 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:143
  358 #: sssd-systemtap.5.xml:236 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:274 sssd-systemtap.5.xml:330
  359 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:40 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:646
  360 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:873
  361 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:970 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1028
  362 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1186 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:1231
  363 #: include/autofs_attributes.xml:1
  364 msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  365 msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  366 
  367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:155
  369 msgid "Options usable in SERVICE and DOMAIN sections"
  370 msgstr ""
  371 
  372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  373 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:159
  374 msgid "timeout (integer)"
  375 msgstr "timeout (整数)"
  376 
  377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:162
  379 msgid ""
  380 "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service. This is used to "
  381 "ensure that the process is alive and capable of answering requests. Note "
  382 "that after three missed heartbeats the process will terminate itself."
  383 msgstr ""
  384 
  385 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  386 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:169 sssd.conf.5.xml:1161 sssd.conf.5.xml:1550
  387 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3702 sssd-ldap.5.xml:684 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:264
  388 msgid "Default: 10"
  389 msgstr "初期値: 10"
  390 
  391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:179
  393 msgid "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
  394 msgstr "特別セクション"
  395 
  396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
  397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:182
  398 msgid "The [sssd] section"
  399 msgstr "[sssd] セクション"
  400 
  401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
  402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:191 sssd.conf.5.xml:3791
  403 msgid "Section parameters"
  404 msgstr "セクションのパラメーター"
  405 
  406 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  407 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:193
  408 msgid "config_file_version (integer)"
  409 msgstr "config_file_version (整数)"
  410 
  411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:196
  413 msgid ""
  414 "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file. SSSD 0.6.0 and later use "
  415 "version 2."
  416 msgstr ""
  417 "設定ファイルの構文が何であるカを指示します。SSSD 0.6.0 およびそれ以降はバー"
  418 "ジョン 2 を使用します。"
  419 
  420 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  421 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:202
  422 msgid "services"
  423 msgstr "services"
  424 
  425 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  426 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:205
  427 msgid ""
  428 "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts.  "
  429 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> The services' list is optional on "
  430 "platforms where systemd is supported, as they will either be socket or D-Bus "
  431 "activated when needed.  </phrase>"
  432 msgstr ""
  433 
  434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:214
  436 msgid ""
  437 "Supported services: nss, pam <phrase condition=\"with_sudo\">, sudo</phrase> "
  438 "<phrase condition=\"with_autofs\">, autofs</phrase> <phrase condition="
  439 "\"with_ssh\">, ssh</phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_pac_responder\">, pac</"
  440 "phrase> <phrase condition=\"with_ifp\">, ifp</phrase>"
  441 msgstr ""
  442 
  443 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  444 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:222
  445 msgid ""
  446 "<phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> By default, all services are disabled "
  447 "and the administrator must enable the ones allowed to be used by executing: "
  448 "\"systemctl enable sssd-@service@.socket\".  </phrase>"
  449 msgstr ""
  450 
  451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:231 sssd.conf.5.xml:683
  453 msgid "reconnection_retries (integer)"
  454 msgstr "reconnection_retries (整数)"
  455 
  456 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  457 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:234 sssd.conf.5.xml:686
  458 msgid ""
  459 "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
  460 "Provider crash or restart before they give up"
  461 msgstr ""
  462 "データプロバイダーがクラッシュまたは再起動した場合、サービスが再接続をあきら"
  463 "める前に試行する回数です。"
  464 
  465 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  466 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:239 sssd.conf.5.xml:691 include/failover.xml:100
  467 msgid "Default: 3"
  468 msgstr "初期値: 3"
  469 
  470 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  471 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:244
  472 msgid "domains"
  473 msgstr "domains"
  474 
  475 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  476 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:247
  477 msgid ""
  478 "A domain is a database containing user information. SSSD can use more "
  479 "domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't "
  480 "start.  This parameter describes the list of domains in the order you want "
  481 "them to be queried.  A domain name is recommended to contain only "
  482 "alphanumeric ASCII characters, dashes, dots and underscores. '/' character "
  483 "is forbidden."
  484 msgstr ""
  485 
  486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:260 sssd.conf.5.xml:3203
  488 msgid "re_expression (string)"
  489 msgstr "re_expression (文字列)"
  490 
  491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:263
  493 msgid ""
  494 "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
  495 "user name and domain into these components."
  496 msgstr ""
  497 
  498 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  499 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:268
  500 msgid ""
  501 "Each domain can have an individual regular expression configured. For some "
  502 "ID providers there are also default regular expressions. See DOMAIN SECTIONS "
  503 "for more info on these regular expressions."
  504 msgstr ""
  505 
  506 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  507 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:277 sssd.conf.5.xml:3251
  508 msgid "full_name_format (string)"
  509 msgstr "full_name_format (文字列)"
  510 
  511 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  512 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:280 sssd.conf.5.xml:3254
  513 msgid ""
  514 "A <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  515 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>-compatible format that describes how to compose a "
  516 "fully qualified name from user name and domain name components."
  517 msgstr ""
  518 "ユーザー名とドメイン名のコンポーネントから完全修飾名を表現する方法を表す "
  519 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>printf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</"
  520 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> 互換形式。"
  521 
  522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:291 sssd.conf.5.xml:3265
  524 msgid "%1$s"
  525 msgstr "%1$s"
  526 
  527 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  528 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:292 sssd.conf.5.xml:3266
  529 msgid "user name"
  530 msgstr "ユーザー名"
  531 
  532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:295 sssd.conf.5.xml:3269
  534 msgid "%2$s"
  535 msgstr "%2$s"
  536 
  537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:298 sssd.conf.5.xml:3272
  539 msgid "domain name as specified in the SSSD config file."
  540 msgstr "SSSD 設定ファイルにおいて指定されるドメイン名。"
  541 
  542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:304 sssd.conf.5.xml:3278
  544 msgid "%3$s"
  545 msgstr "%3$s"
  546 
  547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:307 sssd.conf.5.xml:3281
  549 msgid ""
  550 "domain flat name. Mostly usable for Active Directory domains, both directly "
  551 "configured or discovered via IPA trusts."
  552 msgstr ""
  553 
  554 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  555 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:288 sssd.conf.5.xml:3262
  556 msgid ""
  557 "The following expansions are supported: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  558 "id=\"0\"/>"
  559 msgstr ""
  560 "以下の拡張モジュールがサポートされます: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" "
  561 "id=\"0\"/>"
  562 
  563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:317
  565 msgid ""
  566 "Each domain can have an individual format string configured.  See DOMAIN "
  567 "SECTIONS for more info on this option."
  568 msgstr ""
  569 
  570 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  571 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:323
  572 msgid "monitor_resolv_conf (boolean)"
  573 msgstr ""
  574 
  575 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  576 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:326
  577 msgid ""
  578 "Controls if SSSD should monitor the state of resolv.conf to identify when it "
  579 "needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
  580 msgstr ""
  581 
  582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  583 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:336
  584 msgid "try_inotify (boolean)"
  585 msgstr "try_inotify (論理値)"
  586 
  587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:339
  589 msgid ""
  590 "By default, SSSD will attempt to use inotify to monitor configuration files "
  591 "changes and will fall back to polling every five seconds if inotify cannot "
  592 "be used."
  593 msgstr ""
  594 
  595 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  596 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:345
  597 msgid ""
  598 "There are some limited situations where it is preferred that we should skip "
  599 "even trying to use inotify. In these rare cases, this option should be set "
  600 "to 'false'"
  601 msgstr ""
  602 "inotify を使用することをスキップすることが望ましい、いくつかの制限された状況"
  603 "があります。これらの珍しい場合では、このオプションが 'false' に設定されるべき"
  604 "です"
  605 
  606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:351
  608 msgid ""
  609 "Default: true on platforms where inotify is supported. False on other "
  610 "platforms."
  611 msgstr ""
  612 "初期値: inotify がサポートされるプラットフォームにおいては真です。他のプラッ"
  613 "トフォームにおいては偽です。"
  614 
  615 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  616 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:355
  617 msgid ""
  618 "Note: this option will have no effect on platforms where inotify is "
  619 "unavailable. On these platforms, polling will always be used."
  620 msgstr ""
  621 "注: このオプションは inotify が利用不可能なプラットフォームにおいて効果があり"
  622 "ません。これらのプラットフォームにおいては、ポーリングが常に使用されます。"
  623 
  624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:362
  626 msgid "krb5_rcache_dir (string)"
  627 msgstr "krb5_rcache_dir (文字列)"
  628 
  629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:365
  631 msgid ""
  632 "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
  633 "files."
  634 msgstr ""
  635 "SSSD が Kerberos リプレイキャッシュファイルを保存するファイルシステムのディレ"
  636 "クトリーです。"
  637 
  638 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  639 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:369
  640 msgid ""
  641 "This option accepts a special value __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ that will instruct "
  642 "SSSD to let libkrb5 decide the appropriate location for the replay cache."
  643 msgstr ""
  644 "このオプションは、libkrb5 がリプレイキャッシュに対する適切な場所を決められる"
  645 "よう SSSD に指示する、特別な値 __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ を受け付けます。"
  646 
  647 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  648 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:375
  649 msgid ""
  650 "Default: Distribution-specific and specified at build-time. "
  651 "(__LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ if not configured)"
  652 msgstr ""
  653 "初期値: ディストリビューション固有かつ構築時に指定されます。 (設定されていな"
  654 "ければ __LIBKRB5_DEFAULTS__ です)"
  655 
  656 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  657 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:382
  658 msgid "user (string)"
  659 msgstr ""
  660 
  661 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  662 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:385
  663 msgid ""
  664 "The user to drop the privileges to where appropriate to avoid running as the "
  665 "root user.  <phrase condition=\"have_systemd\"> This option does not work "
  666 "when running socket-activated services, as the user set up to run the "
  667 "processes is set up during compilation time.  The way to override the "
  668 "systemd unit files is by creating the appropriate files in /etc/systemd/"
  669 "system/.  Keep in mind that any change in the socket user, group or "
  670 "permissions may result in a non-usable SSSD. The same may occur in case of "
  671 "changes of the user running the NSS responder.  </phrase>"
  672 msgstr ""
  673 
  674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:403
  676 msgid "Default: not set, process will run as root"
  677 msgstr ""
  678 
  679 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  680 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:408
  681 msgid "default_domain_suffix (string)"
  682 msgstr "default_domain_suffix (文字列)"
  683 
  684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:411
  686 msgid ""
  687 "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
  688 "domain name component. The main use case is environments where the primary "
  689 "domain is intended for managing host policies and all users are located in a "
  690 "trusted domain.  The option allows those users to log in just with their "
  691 "user name without giving a domain name as well."
  692 msgstr ""
  693 
  694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:421
  696 msgid ""
  697 "Please note that if this option is set all users from the primary domain "
  698 "have to use their fully qualified name, e.g. user@domain.name, to log in. "
  699 "Setting this option changes default of use_fully_qualified_names to True. It "
  700 "is not allowed to use this option together with use_fully_qualified_names "
  701 "set to False. One exception from this rule are domains with "
  702 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> that always try to match the behaviour of "
  703 "nss_files and therefore their output is not qualified even when the "
  704 "default_domain_suffix option is used."
  705 msgstr ""
  706 
  707 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  708 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:436 sssd.conf.5.xml:1348 sssd-ldap.5.xml:772
  709 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:784 sssd-ldap.5.xml:876 sssd-ad.5.xml:897 sssd-ad.5.xml:972
  710 #: sssd.8.xml:126 sssd-krb5.5.xml:410 sssd-krb5.5.xml:609
  711 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:339 sssd-secrets.5.xml:377 sssd-secrets.5.xml:390
  712 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:404 sssd-secrets.5.xml:415 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:470
  713 #: sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:959 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:205
  714 #: include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:216
  715 msgid "Default: not set"
  716 msgstr "初期値: 設定されません"
  717 
  718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:441
  720 msgid "override_space (string)"
  721 msgstr ""
  722 
  723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:444
  725 msgid ""
  726 "This parameter will replace spaces (space bar)  with the given character for "
  727 "user and group names.  e.g. (_). User name &quot;john doe&quot; will be "
  728 "&quot;john_doe&quot; This feature was added to help compatibility with shell "
  729 "scripts that have difficulty handling spaces, due to the default field "
  730 "separator in the shell."
  731 msgstr ""
  732 
  733 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  734 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:453
  735 msgid ""
  736 "Please note it is a configuration error to use a replacement character that "
  737 "might be used in user or group names. If a name contains the replacement "
  738 "character SSSD tries to return the unmodified name but in general the result "
  739 "of a lookup is undefined."
  740 msgstr ""
  741 
  742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:461
  744 msgid "Default: not set (spaces will not be replaced)"
  745 msgstr ""
  746 
  747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:466
  749 msgid "certificate_verification (string)"
  750 msgstr ""
  751 
  752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:474
  754 msgid "no_ocsp"
  755 msgstr ""
  756 
  757 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  758 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:476
  759 msgid ""
  760 "Disables Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) checks. This might be "
  761 "needed if the OCSP servers defined in the certificate are not reachable from "
  762 "the client."
  763 msgstr ""
  764 
  765 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:484
  767 msgid "soft_ocsp"
  768 msgstr ""
  769 
  770 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  771 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:486
  772 msgid ""
  773 "If a connection cannot be established to an OCSP responder the OCSP check is "
  774 "skipped.  This option should be used to allow authentication when the system "
  775 "is offline and the OCSP responder cannot be reached."
  776 msgstr ""
  777 
  778 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  779 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:496
  780 msgid "ocsp_dgst"
  781 msgstr ""
  782 
  783 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  784 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:498
  785 msgid ""
  786 "Digest (hash) function used to create the certificate ID for the OCSP "
  787 "request. Allowed values are:"
  788 msgstr ""
  789 
  790 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  791 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:502
  792 msgid "sha1"
  793 msgstr ""
  794 
  795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:503
  797 msgid "sha256"
  798 msgstr ""
  799 
  800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:504
  802 msgid "sha384"
  803 msgstr ""
  804 
  805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
  806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:505
  807 msgid "sha512"
  808 msgstr ""
  809 
  810 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  811 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:508
  812 msgid "Default: sha1 (to allow compatibility with RFC5019-compliant responder)"
  813 msgstr ""
  814 
  815 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  816 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:514
  817 msgid "no_verification"
  818 msgstr ""
  819 
  820 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  821 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:516
  822 msgid ""
  823 "Disables verification completely.  This option should only be used for "
  824 "testing."
  825 msgstr ""
  826 
  827 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  828 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:522
  829 msgid "ocsp_default_responder=URL"
  830 msgstr ""
  831 
  832 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  833 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:524
  834 msgid ""
  835 "Sets the OCSP default responder which should be used instead of the one "
  836 "mentioned in the certificate. URL must be replaced with the URL of the OCSP "
  837 "default responder e.g.  http://example.com:80/ocsp."
  838 msgstr ""
  839 
  840 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  841 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:534
  842 msgid "ocsp_default_responder_signing_cert=NAME"
  843 msgstr ""
  844 
  845 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  846 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:536
  847 msgid ""
  848 "This option is currently ignored. All needed certificates must be available "
  849 "in the PEM file given by pam_cert_db_path."
  850 msgstr ""
  851 
  852 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  853 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:544
  854 msgid "crl_file=/PATH/TO/CRL/FILE"
  855 msgstr ""
  856 
  857 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  858 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:546
  859 #, fuzzy
  860 #| msgid ""
  861 #| "Please refer to the <quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> parameter in the "
  862 #| "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
  863 #| "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more details."
  864 msgid ""
  865 "Use the Certificate Revocation List (CRL) from the given file during the "
  866 "verification of the certificate. The CRL must be given in PEM format, see "
  867 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>crl</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1ssl</"
  868 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
  869 msgstr ""
  870 "詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
  871 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> マニュアルページにある "
  872 "<quote>dns_discovery_domain</quote> パラメーターを参照してください。"
  873 
  874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:559
  876 msgid "soft_crl"
  877 msgstr ""
  878 
  879 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  880 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:562
  881 msgid ""
  882 "If a Certificate Revocation List (CRL)  is expired ignore the CRL checks for "
  883 "the related certificates. This option should be used to allow authentication "
  884 "when the system is offline and the CRL cannot be renewed."
  885 msgstr ""
  886 
  887 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  888 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:469
  889 msgid ""
  890 "With this parameter the certificate verification can be tuned with a comma "
  891 "separated list of options. Supported options are: <placeholder type="
  892 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  893 msgstr ""
  894 
  895 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  896 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:573
  897 msgid "Unknown options are reported but ignored."
  898 msgstr ""
  899 
  900 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  901 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:576
  902 msgid "Default: not set, i.e. do not restrict certificate verification"
  903 msgstr ""
  904 
  905 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  906 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:582
  907 msgid "disable_netlink (boolean)"
  908 msgstr ""
  909 
  910 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  911 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:585
  912 msgid ""
  913 "SSSD hooks into the netlink interface to monitor changes to routes, "
  914 "addresses, links and trigger certain actions."
  915 msgstr ""
  916 
  917 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  918 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:590
  919 msgid ""
  920 "The SSSD state changes caused by netlink events may be undesirable and can "
  921 "be disabled by setting this option to 'true'"
  922 msgstr ""
  923 
  924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:595
  926 msgid "Default: false (netlink changes are detected)"
  927 msgstr ""
  928 
  929 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  930 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:600
  931 msgid "enable_files_domain (boolean)"
  932 msgstr ""
  933 
  934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:603
  936 msgid ""
  937 "When this option is enabled, SSSD prepends an implicit domain with "
  938 "<quote>id_provider=files</quote> before any explicitly configured domains."
  939 msgstr ""
  940 
  941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
  942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:617
  943 msgid "domain_resolution_order"
  944 msgstr ""
  945 
  946 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  947 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:620
  948 msgid ""
  949 "Comma separated list of domains and subdomains representing the lookup order "
  950 "that will be followed.  The list doesn't have to include all possible "
  951 "domains as the missing domains will be looked up based on the order they're "
  952 "presented in the <quote>domains</quote> configuration option.  The "
  953 "subdomains which are not listed as part of <quote>lookup_order</quote> will "
  954 "be looked up in a random order for each parent domain."
  955 msgstr ""
  956 
  957 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  958 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:632
  959 msgid ""
  960 "Please, note that when this option is set the output format of all commands "
  961 "is always fully-qualified even when using short names for input, for all "
  962 "users but the ones managed by the files provider.  In case the administrator "
  963 "wants the output not fully-qualified, the full_name_format option can be "
  964 "used as shown below: <quote>full_name_format=%1$s</quote> However, keep in "
  965 "mind that during login, login applications often canonicalize the username "
  966 "by calling <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getpwnam</refentrytitle> "
  967 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> which, if a shortname is returned "
  968 "for a qualified input (while trying to reach a user which exists in multiple "
  969 "domains) might re-route the login attempt into the domain which uses "
  970 "shortnames, making this workaround totally not recommended in cases where "
  971 "usernames may overlap between domains."
  972 msgstr ""
  973 
  974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
  975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:657 sssd.conf.5.xml:1562 sssd.conf.5.xml:3752
  976 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:164 sssd-ad.5.xml:304 sssd-ad.5.xml:318
  977 msgid "Default: Not set"
  978 msgstr ""
  979 
  980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
  981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:184
  982 msgid ""
  983 "Individual pieces of SSSD functionality are provided by special SSSD "
  984 "services that are started and stopped together with SSSD.  The services are "
  985 "managed by a special service frequently called <quote>monitor</quote>. The "
  986 "<quote>[sssd]</quote> section is used to configure the monitor as well as "
  987 "some other important options like the identity domains.  <placeholder type="
  988 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  989 msgstr ""
  990 "SSSD の機能の各部分は SSSD と一緒に開始および停止される特別な SSSD サービスに"
  991 "より提供されます。特別なサービスにより管理されるサービスはよく<quote>モニター"
  992 "</quote>と呼ばれます。<quote>[sssd]</quote> セクションは、モニターだけでな"
  993 "く、識別ドメインのような他の重要なオプションを設定するために使用されます。 "
  994 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
  995 
  996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
  997 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:668
  998 msgid "SERVICES SECTIONS"
  999 msgstr "サービスセクション"
 1000 
 1001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 1002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:670
 1003 msgid ""
 1004 "Settings that can be used to configure different services are described in "
 1005 "this section. They should reside in the [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] "
 1006 "section, for example, for NSS service, the section would be <quote>[nss]</"
 1007 "quote>"
 1008 msgstr ""
 1009 "異なるサービスを設定するために使用される設定がこのセクションに記述されます。"
 1010 "それらは [<replaceable>$NAME</replaceable>] セクションに置かれます。たとえ"
 1011 "ば、NSS サービスは <quote>[nss]</quote> セクションです"
 1012 
 1013 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1014 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:677
 1015 msgid "General service configuration options"
 1016 msgstr "サービス設定の全体オプション"
 1017 
 1018 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1019 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:679
 1020 msgid "These options can be used to configure any service."
 1021 msgstr "これらのオプションはすべてのサービスを設定するために使用できます。"
 1022 
 1023 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1024 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:696
 1025 msgid "fd_limit"
 1026 msgstr "fd_limit"
 1027 
 1028 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1029 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:699
 1030 msgid ""
 1031 "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
 1032 "opened at one time by this SSSD process. On systems where SSSD is granted "
 1033 "the CAP_SYS_RESOURCE capability, this will be an absolute setting. On "
 1034 "systems without this capability, the resulting value will be the lower value "
 1035 "of this or the limits.conf \"hard\" limit."
 1036 msgstr ""
 1037 
 1038 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1039 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:708
 1040 msgid "Default: 8192 (or limits.conf \"hard\" limit)"
 1041 msgstr ""
 1042 
 1043 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1044 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:713
 1045 msgid "client_idle_timeout"
 1046 msgstr "client_idle_timeout"
 1047 
 1048 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1049 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:716
 1050 msgid ""
 1051 "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
 1052 "can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it. This value is "
 1053 "limited in order to avoid resource exhaustion on the system. The timeout "
 1054 "can't be shorter than 10 seconds. If a lower value is configured, it will be "
 1055 "adjusted to 10 seconds."
 1056 msgstr ""
 1057 
 1058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1059 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:725
 1060 #, fuzzy
 1061 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1062 msgid "Default: 60, KCM: 300"
 1063 msgstr "初期値: 300"
 1064 
 1065 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1066 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:730
 1067 msgid "offline_timeout (integer)"
 1068 msgstr ""
 1069 
 1070 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1071 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:733
 1072 msgid ""
 1073 "When SSSD switches to offline mode the amount of time before it tries to go "
 1074 "back online will increase based upon the time spent disconnected.  This "
 1075 "value is in seconds and calculated by the following:"
 1076 msgstr ""
 1077 
 1078 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1079 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:740
 1080 msgid "offline_timeout + random_offset"
 1081 msgstr ""
 1082 
 1083 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1084 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:743
 1085 msgid ""
 1086 "The random offset value is from 0 to 30.  After each unsuccessful attempt to "
 1087 "go online, the new interval is recalculated by the following:"
 1088 msgstr ""
 1089 
 1090 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1091 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:748
 1092 msgid "new_interval = (old_interval * 2) + random_offset"
 1093 msgstr ""
 1094 
 1095 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1096 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:751
 1097 msgid ""
 1098 "Note that the maximum length of each interval is defined by "
 1099 "offline_timeout_max, which defaults to one hour. If the calculated length of "
 1100 "new_interval is greater than offline_timeout_max, it will be forced to the "
 1101 "offline_timeout_max value."
 1102 msgstr ""
 1103 
 1104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:758 sssd.conf.5.xml:1072 sssd.conf.5.xml:1414
 1106 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1651 sssd-ldap.5.xml:469
 1107 msgid "Default: 60"
 1108 msgstr "初期値: 60"
 1109 
 1110 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1111 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:763
 1112 #, fuzzy
 1113 #| msgid "timeout (integer)"
 1114 msgid "offline_timeout_max (integer)"
 1115 msgstr "timeout (整数)"
 1116 
 1117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1118 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:766
 1119 msgid ""
 1120 "Controls by how much the time between attempts to go online can be "
 1121 "incremented following unsuccessful attempts to go online."
 1122 msgstr ""
 1123 
 1124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:771
 1126 msgid "A value of 0 disables the incrementing behaviour."
 1127 msgstr ""
 1128 
 1129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:774
 1131 msgid ""
 1132 "The value of this parameter should be set in correlation to offline_timeout "
 1133 "parameter value."
 1134 msgstr ""
 1135 
 1136 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1137 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:778
 1138 msgid ""
 1139 "With offline_timeout set to 60 (default value) there is no point in setting "
 1140 "offlinet_timeout_max to less than 120 as it will saturate instantly. General "
 1141 "rule here should be to set offline_timeout_max to at least 4 times "
 1142 "offline_timeout."
 1143 msgstr ""
 1144 
 1145 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1146 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:784
 1147 msgid ""
 1148 "Although a value between 0 and offline_timeout may be specified, it has the "
 1149 "effect of overriding the offline_timeout value so is of little use."
 1150 msgstr ""
 1151 
 1152 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1153 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:789
 1154 #, fuzzy
 1155 #| msgid "Default: 300"
 1156 msgid "Default: 3600"
 1157 msgstr "初期値: 300"
 1158 
 1159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1160 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:794
 1161 msgid "responder_idle_timeout"
 1162 msgstr ""
 1163 
 1164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1165 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:797
 1166 msgid ""
 1167 "This option specifies the number of seconds that an SSSD responder process "
 1168 "can be up without being used. This value is limited in order to avoid "
 1169 "resource exhaustion on the system.  The minimum acceptable value for this "
 1170 "option is 60 seconds.  Setting this option to 0 (zero) means that no timeout "
 1171 "will be set up to the responder.  This option only has effect when SSSD is "
 1172 "built with systemd support and when services are either socket or D-Bus "
 1173 "activated."
 1174 msgstr ""
 1175 
 1176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:811 sssd.conf.5.xml:1085 sssd.conf.5.xml:2090
 1178 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:326
 1179 msgid "Default: 300"
 1180 msgstr "初期値: 300"
 1181 
 1182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1183 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:816
 1184 msgid "cache_first"
 1185 msgstr ""
 1186 
 1187 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1188 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:819
 1189 msgid ""
 1190 "This option specifies whether the responder should query all caches before "
 1191 "querying the Data Providers."
 1192 msgstr ""
 1193 
 1194 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1195 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:831
 1196 msgid "NSS configuration options"
 1197 msgstr "NSS 設定オプション"
 1198 
 1199 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1200 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:833
 1201 msgid ""
 1202 "These options can be used to configure the Name Service Switch (NSS) service."
 1203 msgstr ""
 1204 "これらのオプションは Name Service Switch (NSS) サービスを設定するために使用で"
 1205 "きます。"
 1206 
 1207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:838
 1209 msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1210 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (整数)"
 1211 
 1212 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1213 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:841
 1214 msgid ""
 1215 "How many seconds should nss_sss cache enumerations (requests for info about "
 1216 "all users)"
 1217 msgstr ""
 1218 "nss_sss が列挙をキャッシュする秒数です(すべてのユーザーに関する情報に対する"
 1219 "要求)。"
 1220 
 1221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:845
 1223 msgid "Default: 120"
 1224 msgstr "初期値: 120"
 1225 
 1226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1227 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:850
 1228 msgid "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (integer)"
 1229 msgstr "entry_cache_nowait_percentage (整数)"
 1230 
 1231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1232 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:853
 1233 msgid ""
 1234 "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
 1235 "if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
 1236 "for the domain."
 1237 msgstr ""
 1238 "エントリーキャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout の値を超えて要求"
 1239 "された場合に、バックグラウンドでエントリーを自動的に更新するよう設定できま"
 1240 "す。"
 1241 
 1242 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1243 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:859
 1244 msgid ""
 1245 "For example, if the domain's entry_cache_timeout is set to 30s and "
 1246 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage is set to 50 (percent), entries that come in "
 1247 "after 15 seconds past the last cache update will be returned immediately, "
 1248 "but the SSSD will go and update the cache on its own, so that future "
 1249 "requests will not need to block waiting for a cache update."
 1250 msgstr ""
 1251 "たとえば、ドメインの entry_cache_timeout が 30s に設定され、"
 1252 "entry_cache_nowait_percentage が 50 (%) に設定されていると、エントリーが 15 "
 1253 "秒経過後にきて、最新の更新キャッシュが直ちに返されます。しかし、SSSD が自身に"
 1254 "キャッシュされ、更新されます。そのため、その先の要求はキャッシュ更新を待つこ"
 1255 "とをブロックする必要がありません。"
 1256 
 1257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:869
 1259 msgid ""
 1260 "Valid values for this option are 0-99 and represent a percentage of the "
 1261 "entry_cache_timeout for each domain. For performance reasons, this "
 1262 "percentage will never reduce the nowait timeout to less than 10 seconds.  (0 "
 1263 "disables this feature)"
 1264 msgstr ""
 1265 "このオプションに対して有効な値は 0-99 です。各ドメインに対する "
 1266 "entry_cache_timeout のパーセンテージを表します。性能上の理由から、このパーセ"
 1267 "ンテージは 10 秒よりも小さく nowait タイムアウトを減らすべきではありません。"
 1268 "(0 はこの機能を無効にします)"
 1269 
 1270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:877 sssd.conf.5.xml:1890
 1272 msgid "Default: 50"
 1273 msgstr "初期値: 50"
 1274 
 1275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:882
 1277 msgid "entry_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1278 msgstr "entry_negative_timeout (整数)"
 1279 
 1280 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1281 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:885
 1282 msgid ""
 1283 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
 1284 "(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones)  "
 1285 "before asking the back end again."
 1286 msgstr ""
 1287 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にネガティブキャッシュヒット(つま"
 1288 "り、存在しないドメインのように、無効なデータベースエントリーに対する問い合わ"
 1289 "せ)をキャッシュする秒数を指定します。"
 1290 
 1291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:891 sssd.conf.5.xml:1914
 1293 msgid "Default: 15"
 1294 msgstr "初期値: 15"
 1295 
 1296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:896
 1298 msgid "local_negative_timeout (integer)"
 1299 msgstr ""
 1300 
 1301 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1302 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:899
 1303 msgid ""
 1304 "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should keep local users and groups in "
 1305 "negative cache before trying to look it up in the back end again. Setting "
 1306 "the option to 0 disables this feature."
 1307 msgstr ""
 1308 
 1309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:905
 1311 msgid "Default: 14400 (4 hours)"
 1312 msgstr ""
 1313 
 1314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:910
 1316 msgid "filter_users, filter_groups (string)"
 1317 msgstr "filter_users, filter_groups (文字列)"
 1318 
 1319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:913
 1321 msgid ""
 1322 "Exclude certain users or groups from being fetched from the sss NSS "
 1323 "database. This is particularly useful for system accounts. This option can "
 1324 "also be set per-domain or include fully-qualified names to filter only users "
 1325 "from the particular domain or by a user principal name (UPN)."
 1326 msgstr ""
 1327 
 1328 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1329 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:921
 1330 msgid ""
 1331 "NOTE: The filter_groups option doesn't affect inheritance of nested group "
 1332 "members, since filtering happens after they are propagated for returning via "
 1333 "NSS. E.g. a group having a member group filtered out will still have the "
 1334 "member users of the latter listed."
 1335 msgstr ""
 1336 
 1337 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1338 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:929
 1339 msgid "Default: root"
 1340 msgstr "初期値: root"
 1341 
 1342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:934
 1344 msgid "filter_users_in_groups (bool)"
 1345 msgstr "filter_users_in_groups (論理値)"
 1346 
 1347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:937
 1349 msgid ""
 1350 "If you want filtered user still be group members set this option to false."
 1351 msgstr ""
 1352 "フィルターされたユーザーがまだグループメンバーのままにしたいならば、このオプ"
 1353 "ションを偽に設定します。"
 1354 
 1355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:948
 1357 msgid "fallback_homedir (string)"
 1358 msgstr "fallback_homedir (文字列)"
 1359 
 1360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:951
 1362 msgid ""
 1363 "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
 1364 "explicitly by the domain's data provider."
 1365 msgstr ""
 1366 "ドメインのデータプロバイダーにより明示的に指定されていない場合に、ユーザーの"
 1367 "ホームディレクトリーの標準テンプレートを設定します。"
 1368 
 1369 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1370 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:956
 1371 msgid ""
 1372 "The available values for this option are the same as for override_homedir."
 1373 msgstr ""
 1374 "このオプションに対して利用可能なオプションは override_homedir に対するものと"
 1375 "同じです。"
 1376 
 1377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 1378 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:962
 1379 #, no-wrap
 1380 msgid ""
 1381 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1382 "                            "
 1383 msgstr ""
 1384 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 1385 "                            "
 1386 
 1387 #. type: Content of: <varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1388 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:960 sssd.conf.5.xml:1481 sssd.conf.5.xml:1500
 1389 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:592 include/override_homedir.xml:59
 1390 msgid "example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1391 msgstr "例: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1392 
 1393 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1394 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:966
 1395 msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 1396 msgstr "初期値: 設定なし (ホームディレクトリーの設定がない場合は代替なし)"
 1397 
 1398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:972
 1400 msgid "override_shell (string)"
 1401 msgstr "override_shell (文字列)"
 1402 
 1403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:975
 1405 msgid ""
 1406 "Override the login shell for all users. This option supersedes any other "
 1407 "shell options if it takes effect and can be set either in the [nss] section "
 1408 "or per-domain."
 1409 msgstr ""
 1410 
 1411 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1412 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:981
 1413 msgid "Default: not set (SSSD will use the value retrieved from LDAP)"
 1414 msgstr "初期値: 設定なし (SSSD は LDAP から取得された値を使用します)"
 1415 
 1416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:987
 1418 msgid "allowed_shells (string)"
 1419 msgstr "allowed_shells (文字列)"
 1420 
 1421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:990
 1423 msgid ""
 1424 "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values. The order of evaluation is:"
 1425 msgstr ""
 1426 "ユーザーのシェルを一覧にある値のどれかに制限します。評価の順番は次のとおりで"
 1427 "す:"
 1428 
 1429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:993
 1431 msgid "1. If the shell is present in <quote>/etc/shells</quote>, it is used."
 1432 msgstr ""
 1433 "1. シェルが <quote>/etc/shells</quote> に存在すると、それが使用されます。"
 1434 
 1435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:997
 1437 msgid ""
 1438 "2. If the shell is in the allowed_shells list but not in <quote>/etc/shells</"
 1439 "quote>, use the value of the shell_fallback parameter."
 1440 msgstr ""
 1441 "2. シェルが allowed_shells 一覧にあるが、<quote>/etc/shells</quote> になけれ"
 1442 "ば、shell_fallback パラメーターの値を使用します。"
 1443 
 1444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1002
 1446 msgid ""
 1447 "3. If the shell is not in the allowed_shells list and not in <quote>/etc/"
 1448 "shells</quote>, a nologin shell is used."
 1449 msgstr ""
 1450 "3. シェルが allowed_shells 一覧になく、<quote>/etc/shells</quote> にもなけれ"
 1451 "ば、nologin シェルが使用されます。"
 1452 
 1453 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1454 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1007
 1455 msgid "The wildcard (*) can be used to allow any shell."
 1456 msgstr ""
 1457 
 1458 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1459 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1010
 1460 msgid ""
 1461 "The (*) is useful if you want to use shell_fallback in case that user's "
 1462 "shell is not in <quote>/etc/shells</quote> and maintaining list of all "
 1463 "allowed shells in allowed_shells would be to much overhead."
 1464 msgstr ""
 1465 
 1466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1017
 1468 msgid "An empty string for shell is passed as-is to libc."
 1469 msgstr "シェルの空文字列は libc にそのまま渡されます。"
 1470 
 1471 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1472 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1020
 1473 msgid ""
 1474 "The <quote>/etc/shells</quote> is only read on SSSD start up, which means "
 1475 "that a restart of the SSSD is required in case a new shell is installed."
 1476 msgstr ""
 1477 "<quote>/etc/shells</quote> は SSSD が開始されるときにのみ読み込まれます。これ"
 1478 "は新しいシェルがインストールされた場合 SSSD の再起動が必要になることを意味し"
 1479 "ます。"
 1480 
 1481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1024
 1483 msgid "Default: Not set. The user shell is automatically used."
 1484 msgstr "初期値: 設定されません。ユーザーシェルが自動的に使用されます。"
 1485 
 1486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1029
 1488 msgid "vetoed_shells (string)"
 1489 msgstr "vetoed_shells (文字列)"
 1490 
 1491 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1492 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1032
 1493 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
 1494 msgstr "これらのシェルのインスタンスをすべて shell_fallback に置き換えます"
 1495 
 1496 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1497 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1037
 1498 msgid "shell_fallback (string)"
 1499 msgstr "shell_fallback (文字列)"
 1500 
 1501 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1502 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1040
 1503 msgid ""
 1504 "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
 1505 msgstr ""
 1506 "許可されたシェルがマシンにインストールされていない場合に使用する標準シェルで"
 1507 "す。"
 1508 
 1509 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1510 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1044
 1511 msgid "Default: /bin/sh"
 1512 msgstr "初期値: /bin/sh"
 1513 
 1514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1049
 1516 msgid "default_shell"
 1517 msgstr "default_shell"
 1518 
 1519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1052
 1521 msgid ""
 1522 "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup. "
 1523 "This option can be specified globally in the [nss] section or per-domain."
 1524 msgstr ""
 1525 
 1526 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1527 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1058
 1528 msgid ""
 1529 "Default: not set (Return NULL if no shell is specified and rely on libc to "
 1530 "substitute something sensible when necessary, usually /bin/sh)"
 1531 msgstr ""
 1532 
 1533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1534 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1065 sssd.conf.5.xml:1407
 1535 msgid "get_domains_timeout (int)"
 1536 msgstr "get_domains_timeout (整数)"
 1537 
 1538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1539 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1068 sssd.conf.5.xml:1410
 1540 msgid ""
 1541 "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
 1542 "considered valid."
 1543 msgstr ""
 1544 
 1545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1077
 1547 #, fuzzy
 1548 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1549 msgid "memcache_timeout (integer)"
 1550 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (整数)"
 1551 
 1552 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1553 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1080
 1554 msgid ""
 1555 "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
 1556 "valid. Setting this option to zero will disable the in-memory cache."
 1557 msgstr ""
 1558 
 1559 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1560 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1088
 1561 msgid ""
 1562 "WARNING: Disabling the in-memory cache will have significant negative impact "
 1563 "on SSSD's performance and should only be used for testing."
 1564 msgstr ""
 1565 
 1566 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1567 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1094 sssd.conf.5.xml:1119 sssd.conf.5.xml:1144
 1568 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1169
 1569 msgid ""
 1570 "NOTE: If the environment variable SSS_NSS_USE_MEMCACHE is set to \"NO\", "
 1571 "client applications will not use the fast in-memory cache."
 1572 msgstr ""
 1573 
 1574 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1575 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1102
 1576 #, fuzzy
 1577 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1578 msgid "memcache_size_passwd (integer)"
 1579 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (整数)"
 1580 
 1581 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1582 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1105
 1583 msgid ""
 1584 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1585 "for passwd requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the passwd in-"
 1586 "memory cache."
 1587 msgstr ""
 1588 
 1589 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1590 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1111 sssd.conf.5.xml:2623 sssd-ldap.5.xml:513
 1591 msgid "Default: 8"
 1592 msgstr ""
 1593 
 1594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1114 sssd.conf.5.xml:1139 sssd.conf.5.xml:1164
 1596 msgid ""
 1597 "WARNING: Disabled or too small in-memory cache can have significant negative "
 1598 "impact on SSSD's performance."
 1599 msgstr ""
 1600 
 1601 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1602 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1127
 1603 #, fuzzy
 1604 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1605 msgid "memcache_size_group (integer)"
 1606 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (整数)"
 1607 
 1608 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1609 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1130
 1610 msgid ""
 1611 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1612 "for group requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the group in-memory "
 1613 "cache."
 1614 msgstr ""
 1615 
 1616 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1136 sssd.conf.5.xml:3340 sssd-ldap.5.xml:453
 1618 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:495 sssd-krb5.5.xml:248 include/failover.xml:116
 1619 msgid "Default: 6"
 1620 msgstr "初期値: 6"
 1621 
 1622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1152
 1624 #, fuzzy
 1625 #| msgid "enum_cache_timeout (integer)"
 1626 msgid "memcache_size_initgroups (integer)"
 1627 msgstr "enum_cache_timeout (整数)"
 1628 
 1629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1155
 1631 msgid ""
 1632 "Size (in megabytes) of the data table allocated inside fast in-memory cache "
 1633 "for initgroups requests.  Setting the size to 0 will disable the initgroups "
 1634 "in-memory cache."
 1635 msgstr ""
 1636 
 1637 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1638 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1177 sssd-ifp.5.xml:74
 1639 msgid "user_attributes (string)"
 1640 msgstr ""
 1641 
 1642 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1643 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1180
 1644 msgid ""
 1645 "Some of the additional NSS responder requests can return more attributes "
 1646 "than just the POSIX ones defined by the NSS interface. The list of "
 1647 "attributes is controlled by this option. It is handled the same way as the "
 1648 "<quote>user_attributes</quote> option of the InfoPipe responder (see "
 1649 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 1650 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) but with no default values."
 1651 msgstr ""
 1652 
 1653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1193
 1655 msgid ""
 1656 "To make configuration more easy the NSS responder will check the InfoPipe "
 1657 "option if it is not set for the NSS responder."
 1658 msgstr ""
 1659 
 1660 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1661 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1198
 1662 msgid "Default: not set, fallback to InfoPipe option"
 1663 msgstr ""
 1664 
 1665 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1666 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1203
 1667 msgid "pwfield (string)"
 1668 msgstr ""
 1669 
 1670 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1671 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1206
 1672 msgid ""
 1673 "The value that NSS operations that return users or groups will return for "
 1674 "the <quote>password</quote> field."
 1675 msgstr ""
 1676 
 1677 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1678 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1211
 1679 #, fuzzy
 1680 #| msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 1681 msgid "Default: <quote>*</quote>"
 1682 msgstr "初期値: <quote>permit</quote>"
 1683 
 1684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1685 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1214
 1686 #, fuzzy
 1687 #| msgid "This option can also be set per-domain."
 1688 msgid ""
 1689 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 1690 "[nss] section."
 1691 msgstr "このオプションはドメインごとに設定できます。"
 1692 
 1693 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1694 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1218
 1695 msgid ""
 1696 "Default: <quote>not set</quote> (remote domains), <quote>x</quote> (the "
 1697 "files domain), <quote>x</quote> (proxy domain with nss_files and sssd-"
 1698 "shadowutils target)"
 1699 msgstr ""
 1700 
 1701 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 1702 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1228
 1703 msgid "PAM configuration options"
 1704 msgstr "PAM 設定オプション"
 1705 
 1706 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 1707 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1230
 1708 msgid ""
 1709 "These options can be used to configure the Pluggable Authentication Module "
 1710 "(PAM) service."
 1711 msgstr ""
 1712 "これらのオプションは Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) サービスを設定する"
 1713 "ために使用できます。"
 1714 
 1715 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1716 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1235
 1717 msgid "offline_credentials_expiration (integer)"
 1718 msgstr "offline_credentials_expiration (整数)"
 1719 
 1720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1721 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1238
 1722 msgid ""
 1723 "If the authentication provider is offline, how long should we allow cached "
 1724 "logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
 1725 msgstr ""
 1726 "認証プロバイダーがオフラインの場合に、キャッシュログインを許可する時間(オン"
 1727 "ラインログインの最終成功からの日数)です。"
 1728 
 1729 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1730 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1243 sssd.conf.5.xml:1256
 1731 msgid "Default: 0 (No limit)"
 1732 msgstr "初期値: 0 (無制限)"
 1733 
 1734 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1735 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1249
 1736 msgid "offline_failed_login_attempts (integer)"
 1737 msgstr "offline_failed_login_attempts (整数)"
 1738 
 1739 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1740 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1252
 1741 msgid ""
 1742 "If the authentication provider is offline, how many failed login attempts "
 1743 "are allowed."
 1744 msgstr ""
 1745 "認証プロバイダーがオフラインの場合、ログイン試行の失敗が許容される回数です。"
 1746 
 1747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1262
 1749 msgid "offline_failed_login_delay (integer)"
 1750 msgstr "offline_failed_login_delay (整数)"
 1751 
 1752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1265
 1754 msgid ""
 1755 "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
 1756 "has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
 1757 msgstr ""
 1758 "新しいログイン試行が可能になる前に offline_failed_login_attempts に達した後に"
 1759 "渡される分単位の時間です。"
 1760 
 1761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1270
 1763 msgid ""
 1764 "If set to 0 the user cannot authenticate offline if "
 1765 "offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached. Only a successful online "
 1766 "authentication can enable offline authentication again."
 1767 msgstr ""
 1768 "0 に設定されていると、offline_failed_login_attempts に達した場合、ユーザーが"
 1769 "オフライン認証できません。オンライン認証に成功すると、再びオフライン認証を有"
 1770 "効にできます。"
 1771 
 1772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1276 sssd.conf.5.xml:1374
 1774 msgid "Default: 5"
 1775 msgstr "初期値: 5"
 1776 
 1777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1282
 1779 msgid "pam_verbosity (integer)"
 1780 msgstr "pam_verbosity (整数)"
 1781 
 1782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1285
 1784 msgid ""
 1785 "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication. "
 1786 "The higher the number to more messages are displayed."
 1787 msgstr ""
 1788 "認証中にユーザーに表示されるメッセージの種類を制御します。数字が大きければ大"
 1789 "きいほどメッセージが表示されます。"
 1790 
 1791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1290
 1793 msgid "Currently sssd supports the following values:"
 1794 msgstr "現在 sssd は以下の値をサポートします:"
 1795 
 1796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1293
 1798 msgid "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: do not show any message"
 1799 msgstr "<emphasis>0</emphasis>: 何もメッセージを表示しない"
 1800 
 1801 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1802 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1296
 1803 msgid "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: show only important messages"
 1804 msgstr "<emphasis>1</emphasis>: 重要なメッセージのみを表示する"
 1805 
 1806 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1807 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1300
 1808 msgid "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: show informational messages"
 1809 msgstr "<emphasis>2</emphasis>: 情報レベルのメッセージを表示する"
 1810 
 1811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1303
 1813 msgid "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: show all messages and debug information"
 1814 msgstr "<emphasis>3</emphasis>: すべてのメッセージとデバッグ情報を表示する"
 1815 
 1816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1307 sssd.8.xml:63
 1818 msgid "Default: 1"
 1819 msgstr "初期値: 1"
 1820 
 1821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1313
 1823 #, fuzzy
 1824 #| msgid "ldap_access_filter (string)"
 1825 msgid "pam_response_filter (string)"
 1826 msgstr "ldap_access_filter (文字列)"
 1827 
 1828 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1829 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1316
 1830 msgid ""
 1831 "A comma separated list of strings which allows to remove (filter) data sent "
 1832 "by the PAM responder to pam_sss PAM module. There are different kind of "
 1833 "responses sent to pam_sss e.g. messages displayed to the user or environment "
 1834 "variables which should be set by pam_sss."
 1835 msgstr ""
 1836 
 1837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1324
 1839 msgid ""
 1840 "While messages already can be controlled with the help of the pam_verbosity "
 1841 "option this option allows to filter out other kind of responses as well."
 1842 msgstr ""
 1843 
 1844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1331
 1846 msgid "ENV"
 1847 msgstr ""
 1848 
 1849 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1850 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1332
 1851 msgid "Do not send any environment variables to any service."
 1852 msgstr ""
 1853 
 1854 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1855 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1335
 1856 msgid "ENV:var_name"
 1857 msgstr ""
 1858 
 1859 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1860 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1336
 1861 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to any service."
 1862 msgstr ""
 1863 
 1864 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1865 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1340
 1866 msgid "ENV:var_name:service"
 1867 msgstr ""
 1868 
 1869 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1870 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1341
 1871 msgid "Do not send environment variable var_name to service."
 1872 msgstr ""
 1873 
 1874 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1875 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1329
 1876 msgid ""
 1877 "Currently the following filters are supported: <placeholder type="
 1878 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 1879 msgstr ""
 1880 
 1881 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1882 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1351
 1883 msgid "Example: ENV:KRB5CCNAME:sudo-i"
 1884 msgstr ""
 1885 
 1886 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1887 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1357
 1888 msgid "pam_id_timeout (integer)"
 1889 msgstr "pam_id_timeout (整数)"
 1890 
 1891 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1892 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1360
 1893 msgid ""
 1894 "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
 1895 "immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
 1896 "ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
 1897 msgstr ""
 1898 "SSSD がオンラインの間はすべての PAM 要求に対して、ユーザーが最新の情報で認証"
 1899 "されるよう、SSSD は直ちにキャッシュされた識別情報を更新しようとします。"
 1900 
 1901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1366
 1903 msgid ""
 1904 "A complete PAM conversation may perform multiple PAM requests, such as "
 1905 "account management and session opening. This option controls (on a per-"
 1906 "client-application basis) how long (in seconds) we can cache the identity "
 1907 "information to avoid excessive round-trips to the identity provider."
 1908 msgstr ""
 1909 "完全な PAM のやりとりは、アカウント管理やセッション開始のように、複数の PAM "
 1910 "要求を実行できます。このオプションは、識別プロバイダーに対する過剰なラウンド"
 1911 "トリップを避けるために識別情報をキャッシュできる時間(秒数)を(クライアント"
 1912 "アプリケーションごとに)制御します。"
 1913 
 1914 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1915 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1380
 1916 msgid "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 1917 msgstr "pam_pwd_expiration_warning (整数)"
 1918 
 1919 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1920 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1383 sssd.conf.5.xml:2647
 1921 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
 1922 msgstr "パスワードの期限が切れる前に N 日間警告を表示します。"
 1923 
 1924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1925 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1386
 1926 msgid ""
 1927 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 1928 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 1929 "cannot display a warning."
 1930 msgstr ""
 1931 "バックエンドのサーバーがパスワードの有効期間に関する情報を提供する必要がある"
 1932 "ことに注意してください。この情報がなければ、sssd は警告を表示します。"
 1933 
 1934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1935 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1392 sssd.conf.5.xml:2650
 1936 msgid ""
 1937 "If zero is set, then this filter is not applied, i.e. if the expiration "
 1938 "warning was received from backend server, it will automatically be displayed."
 1939 msgstr ""
 1940 
 1941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1397
 1943 msgid ""
 1944 "This setting can be overridden by setting <emphasis>pwd_expiration_warning</"
 1945 "emphasis> for a particular domain."
 1946 msgstr ""
 1947 
 1948 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1949 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1402 sssd.conf.5.xml:3534 sssd-ldap.5.xml:549 sssd.8.xml:79
 1950 msgid "Default: 0"
 1951 msgstr "初期値: 0"
 1952 
 1953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1419
 1955 msgid "pam_trusted_users (string)"
 1956 msgstr ""
 1957 
 1958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1422
 1960 msgid ""
 1961 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 1962 "allowed to run PAM conversations against trusted domains.  Users not "
 1963 "included in this list can only access domains marked as public with "
 1964 "<quote>pam_public_domains</quote>.  User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 1965 "startup."
 1966 msgstr ""
 1967 
 1968 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1969 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1432
 1970 msgid "Default: All users are considered trusted by default"
 1971 msgstr ""
 1972 
 1973 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1974 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1436
 1975 msgid ""
 1976 "Please note that UID 0 is always allowed to access the PAM responder even in "
 1977 "case it is not in the pam_trusted_users list."
 1978 msgstr ""
 1979 
 1980 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 1981 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1443
 1982 msgid "pam_public_domains (string)"
 1983 msgstr ""
 1984 
 1985 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1986 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1446
 1987 msgid ""
 1988 "Specifies the comma-separated list of domain names that are accessible even "
 1989 "to untrusted users."
 1990 msgstr ""
 1991 
 1992 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1993 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1450
 1994 msgid "Two special values for pam_public_domains option are defined:"
 1995 msgstr ""
 1996 
 1997 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 1998 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1454
 1999 msgid ""
 2000 "all (Untrusted users are allowed to access all domains in PAM responder.)"
 2001 msgstr ""
 2002 
 2003 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2004 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1458
 2005 msgid ""
 2006 "none (Untrusted users are not allowed to access any domains PAM in "
 2007 "responder.)"
 2008 msgstr ""
 2009 
 2010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1462 sssd.conf.5.xml:1487 sssd.conf.5.xml:1506
 2012 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1684 sssd.conf.5.xml:2396 sssd.conf.5.xml:3463
 2013 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1091
 2014 msgid "Default: none"
 2015 msgstr "初期値: none"
 2016 
 2017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1467
 2019 msgid "pam_account_expired_message (string)"
 2020 msgstr ""
 2021 
 2022 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2023 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1470
 2024 msgid ""
 2025 "Allows a custom expiration message to be set, replacing the default "
 2026 "'Permission denied' message."
 2027 msgstr ""
 2028 
 2029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1475
 2031 msgid ""
 2032 "Note: Please be aware that message is only printed for the SSH service "
 2033 "unless pam_verbosity is set to 3 (show all messages and debug information)."
 2034 msgstr ""
 2035 
 2036 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2037 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1483
 2038 #, no-wrap
 2039 msgid ""
 2040 "pam_account_expired_message = Account expired, please contact help desk.\n"
 2041 "                            "
 2042 msgstr ""
 2043 
 2044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1492
 2046 msgid "pam_account_locked_message (string)"
 2047 msgstr ""
 2048 
 2049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1495
 2051 msgid ""
 2052 "Allows a custom lockout message to be set, replacing the default 'Permission "
 2053 "denied' message."
 2054 msgstr ""
 2055 
 2056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1502
 2058 #, no-wrap
 2059 msgid ""
 2060 "pam_account_locked_message = Account locked, please contact help desk.\n"
 2061 "                            "
 2062 msgstr ""
 2063 
 2064 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2065 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1511
 2066 msgid "pam_cert_auth (bool)"
 2067 msgstr ""
 2068 
 2069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1514
 2071 msgid ""
 2072 "Enable certificate based Smartcard authentication.  Since this requires "
 2073 "additional communication with the Smartcard which will delay the "
 2074 "authentication process this option is disabled by default."
 2075 msgstr ""
 2076 
 2077 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><refsect3><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1520 sssd-ldap.5.xml:590 sssd-ldap.5.xml:611
 2079 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:1169 sssd-ad.5.xml:482 sssd-ad.5.xml:558 sssd-ad.5.xml:1103
 2080 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:1152 include/ldap_id_mapping.xml:244
 2081 msgid "Default: False"
 2082 msgstr "初期値: 偽"
 2083 
 2084 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2085 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1525
 2086 msgid "pam_cert_db_path (string)"
 2087 msgstr ""
 2088 
 2089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1528
 2091 msgid "The path to the certificate database."
 2092 msgstr ""
 2093 
 2094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1531 sssd.conf.5.xml:2016 sssd.conf.5.xml:3990
 2096 msgid "Default:"
 2097 msgstr ""
 2098 
 2099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1533 sssd.conf.5.xml:2018
 2101 msgid ""
 2102 "/etc/sssd/pki/sssd_auth_ca_db.pem (path to a file with trusted CA "
 2103 "certificates in PEM format)"
 2104 msgstr ""
 2105 
 2106 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2107 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1543
 2108 msgid "p11_child_timeout (integer)"
 2109 msgstr ""
 2110 
 2111 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2112 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1546
 2113 msgid "How many seconds will pam_sss wait for p11_child to finish."
 2114 msgstr ""
 2115 
 2116 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2117 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1555
 2118 msgid "pam_app_services (string)"
 2119 msgstr ""
 2120 
 2121 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2122 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1558
 2123 msgid ""
 2124 "Which PAM services are permitted to contact domains of type "
 2125 "<quote>application</quote>"
 2126 msgstr ""
 2127 
 2128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1567
 2130 msgid "pam_p11_allowed_services (integer)"
 2131 msgstr ""
 2132 
 2133 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2134 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1570
 2135 msgid ""
 2136 "A comma-separated list of PAM service names for which it will be allowed to "
 2137 "use Smartcards."
 2138 msgstr ""
 2139 
 2140 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2141 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1585
 2142 #, no-wrap
 2143 msgid ""
 2144 "pam_p11_allowed_services = +my_pam_service, -login\n"
 2145 "                            "
 2146 msgstr ""
 2147 
 2148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1574
 2150 msgid ""
 2151 "It is possible to add another PAM service name to the default set by using "
 2152 "<quote>+service_name</quote> or to explicitly remove a PAM service name from "
 2153 "the default set by using <quote>-service_name</quote>. For example, in order "
 2154 "to replace a default PAM service name for authentication with Smartcards (e."
 2155 "g. <quote>login</quote>) with a custom PAM service name (e.g. "
 2156 "<quote>my_pam_service</quote>), you would use the following configuration: "
 2157 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2158 msgstr ""
 2159 
 2160 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2161 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1589 sssd-ad.5.xml:621 sssd-ad.5.xml:730 sssd-ad.5.xml:788
 2162 #: sssd-ad.5.xml:846 sssd-ad.5.xml:924
 2163 msgid "Default: the default set of PAM service names includes:"
 2164 msgstr ""
 2165 
 2166 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2167 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1594 sssd-ad.5.xml:625
 2168 msgid "login"
 2169 msgstr ""
 2170 
 2171 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2172 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1599 sssd-ad.5.xml:630
 2173 msgid "su"
 2174 msgstr ""
 2175 
 2176 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2177 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1604 sssd-ad.5.xml:635
 2178 msgid "su-l"
 2179 msgstr ""
 2180 
 2181 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2182 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1609 sssd-ad.5.xml:650
 2183 msgid "gdm-smartcard"
 2184 msgstr ""
 2185 
 2186 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2187 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1614 sssd-ad.5.xml:645
 2188 msgid "gdm-password"
 2189 msgstr ""
 2190 
 2191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2192 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1619 sssd-ad.5.xml:655
 2193 msgid "kdm"
 2194 msgstr ""
 2195 
 2196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2197 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1624 sssd-ad.5.xml:933
 2198 msgid "sudo"
 2199 msgstr ""
 2200 
 2201 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2202 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1629 sssd-ad.5.xml:938
 2203 msgid "sudo-i"
 2204 msgstr ""
 2205 
 2206 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2207 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1634
 2208 msgid "gnome-screensaver"
 2209 msgstr ""
 2210 
 2211 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2212 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1642
 2213 msgid "p11_wait_for_card_timeout (integer)"
 2214 msgstr ""
 2215 
 2216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1645
 2218 msgid ""
 2219 "If Smartcard authentication is required how many extra seconds in addition "
 2220 "to p11_child_timeout should the PAM responder wait until a Smartcard is "
 2221 "inserted."
 2222 msgstr ""
 2223 
 2224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1656
 2226 msgid "p11_uri (string)"
 2227 msgstr ""
 2228 
 2229 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2230 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1659
 2231 msgid ""
 2232 "PKCS#11 URI (see RFC-7512 for details) which can be used to restrict the "
 2233 "selection of devices used for Smartcard authentication. By default SSSD's "
 2234 "p11_child will search for a PKCS#11 slot (reader)  where the 'removable' "
 2235 "flags is set and read the certificates from the inserted token from the "
 2236 "first slot found. If multiple readers are connected p11_uri can be used to "
 2237 "tell p11_child to use a specific reader."
 2238 msgstr ""
 2239 
 2240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1672
 2242 #, no-wrap
 2243 msgid ""
 2244 "p11_uri = slot-description=My%20Smartcard%20Reader\n"
 2245 "                            "
 2246 msgstr ""
 2247 
 2248 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2249 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1676
 2250 #, no-wrap
 2251 msgid ""
 2252 "p11_uri = library-description=OpenSC%20smartcard%20framework;slot-id=2\n"
 2253 "                            "
 2254 msgstr ""
 2255 
 2256 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2257 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1670
 2258 msgid ""
 2259 "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or <placeholder "
 2260 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/> To find suitable URI please check the "
 2261 "debug output of p11_child. As an alternative the GnuTLS utility 'p11tool' "
 2262 "with e.g. the '--list-all' will show PKCS#11 URIs as well."
 2263 msgstr ""
 2264 
 2265 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2266 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1689
 2267 msgid "pam_initgroups_scheme"
 2268 msgstr ""
 2269 
 2270 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2271 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1697
 2272 msgid "always"
 2273 msgstr ""
 2274 
 2275 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2276 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1698
 2277 msgid ""
 2278 "Always do an online lookup, please note that pam_id_timeout still applies"
 2279 msgstr ""
 2280 
 2281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1702
 2283 msgid "no_session"
 2284 msgstr ""
 2285 
 2286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1703
 2288 msgid ""
 2289 "Only do an online lookup if there is no active session of the user, i.e. if "
 2290 "the user is currently not logged in"
 2291 msgstr ""
 2292 
 2293 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2294 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1708
 2295 msgid "never"
 2296 msgstr ""
 2297 
 2298 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2299 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1709
 2300 msgid ""
 2301 "Never force an online lookup, use the data from the cache as long as they "
 2302 "are not expired"
 2303 msgstr ""
 2304 
 2305 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2306 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1692
 2307 msgid ""
 2308 "The PAM responder can force an online lookup to get the current group "
 2309 "memberships of the user trying to log in. This option controls when this "
 2310 "should be done and the following values are allowed: <placeholder type="
 2311 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2312 msgstr ""
 2313 
 2314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1716
 2316 msgid "Default: no_session"
 2317 msgstr ""
 2318 
 2319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1721 sssd.conf.5.xml:3929
 2321 msgid "pam_gssapi_services"
 2322 msgstr ""
 2323 
 2324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1724
 2326 #, fuzzy
 2327 #| msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
 2328 msgid ""
 2329 "Comma separated list of PAM services that are allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2330 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2331 msgstr "ログインが許可されたユーザーのカンマ区切り一覧です。"
 2332 
 2333 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2334 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1729
 2335 msgid ""
 2336 "To disable GSSAPI authentication, set this option to <quote>-</quote> (dash)."
 2337 msgstr ""
 2338 
 2339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2340 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1733 sssd.conf.5.xml:1764 sssd.conf.5.xml:1802
 2341 msgid ""
 2342 "Note: This option can also be set per-domain which overwrites the value in "
 2343 "[pam] section. It can also be set for trusted domain which overwrites the "
 2344 "value in the domain section."
 2345 msgstr ""
 2346 
 2347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1741
 2349 #, fuzzy, no-wrap
 2350 #| msgid ""
 2351 #| "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2352 #| "                            "
 2353 msgid ""
 2354 "pam_gssapi_services = sudo, sudo-i\n"
 2355 "                            "
 2356 msgstr ""
 2357 "fallback_homedir = /home/%u\n"
 2358 "                            "
 2359 
 2360 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2361 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1739 sssd.conf.5.xml:3457 sssd-secrets.5.xml:448
 2362 msgid "Example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2363 msgstr ""
 2364 
 2365 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2366 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1745
 2367 msgid "Default: - (GSSAPI authentication is disabled)"
 2368 msgstr ""
 2369 
 2370 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 2371 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1750 sssd.conf.5.xml:3930
 2372 msgid "pam_gssapi_check_upn"
 2373 msgstr ""
 2374 
 2375 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2376 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1753
 2377 msgid ""
 2378 "If True, SSSD will require that the Kerberos user principal that "
 2379 "successfully authenticated through GSSAPI can be associated with the user "
 2380 "who is being authenticated. Authentication will fail if the check fails."
 2381 msgstr ""
 2382 
 2383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1760
 2385 msgid ""
 2386 "If False, every user that is able to obtained required service ticket will "
 2387 "be authenticated."
 2388 msgstr ""
 2389 
 2390 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2391 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1770 sssd-ad.5.xml:1243 sss_rpcidmapd.5.xml:76
 2392 msgid "Default: True"
 2393 msgstr "初期値: True"
 2394 
 2395 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2396 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1775
 2397 msgid "pam_gssapi_indicators_map"
 2398 msgstr ""
 2399 
 2400 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2401 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1778
 2402 msgid ""
 2403 "Comma separated list of authentication indicators required to be present in "
 2404 "a Kerberos ticket to access a PAM service that is allowed to try GSSAPI "
 2405 "authentication using pam_sss_gss.so module."
 2406 msgstr ""
 2407 
 2408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1784
 2410 msgid ""
 2411 "Each element of the list can be either an authentication indicator name or a "
 2412 "pair <quote>service:indicator</quote>. Indicators not prefixed with the PAM "
 2413 "service name will be required to access any PAM service configured to be "
 2414 "used with <option>pam_gssapi_services</option>. A resulting list of "
 2415 "indicators per PAM service is then checked against indicators in the "
 2416 "Kerberos ticket during authentication by pam_sss_gss.so. Any indicator from "
 2417 "the ticket that matches the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service "
 2418 "would grant access. If none of the indicators in the list match, access will "
 2419 "be denied. If the resulting list of indicators for the PAM service is empty, "
 2420 "the check will not prevent the access."
 2421 msgstr ""
 2422 
 2423 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2424 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1797
 2425 msgid ""
 2426 "To disable GSSAPI authentication indicator check, set this option to <quote>-"
 2427 "</quote> (dash). To disable the check for a specific PAM service, add "
 2428 "<quote>service:-</quote>."
 2429 msgstr ""
 2430 
 2431 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2432 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1808
 2433 msgid ""
 2434 "Following authentication indicators are supported by IPA Kerberos "
 2435 "deployments:"
 2436 msgstr ""
 2437 
 2438 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2439 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1811
 2440 msgid ""
 2441 "pkinit -- pre-authentication using X.509 certificates -- whether stored in "
 2442 "files or on smart cards."
 2443 msgstr ""
 2444 
 2445 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2446 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1814
 2447 msgid ""
 2448 "hardened -- SPAKE pre-authentication or any pre-authentication wrapped in a "
 2449 "FAST channel."
 2450 msgstr ""
 2451 
 2452 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2453 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1817
 2454 msgid "radius -- pre-authentication with the help of a RADIUS server."
 2455 msgstr ""
 2456 
 2457 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2458 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1820
 2459 msgid ""
 2460 "otp -- pre-authentication using integrated two-factor authentication (2FA or "
 2461 "one-time password, OTP) in IPA."
 2462 msgstr ""
 2463 
 2464 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 2465 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1830
 2466 #, no-wrap
 2467 msgid ""
 2468 "pam_gssapi_indicators_map = sudo:pkinit, sudo-i:pkinit\n"
 2469 "                            "
 2470 msgstr ""
 2471 
 2472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1825
 2474 msgid ""
 2475 "Example: to require access to SUDO services only for users which obtained "
 2476 "their Kerberos tickets with a X.509 certificate pre-authentication (PKINIT), "
 2477 "set <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2478 msgstr ""
 2479 
 2480 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2481 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1834
 2482 #, fuzzy
 2483 #| msgid "Default: not set (no substitution for unset home directories)"
 2484 msgid "Default: not set (use of authentication indicators is not required)"
 2485 msgstr "初期値: 設定なし (ホームディレクトリーの設定がない場合は代替なし)"
 2486 
 2487 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2488 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1842
 2489 msgid "SUDO configuration options"
 2490 msgstr "SUDO 設定オプション"
 2491 
 2492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2493 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1844
 2494 msgid ""
 2495 "These options can be used to configure the sudo service.  The detailed "
 2496 "instructions for configuration of <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sudo</"
 2497 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to work with "
 2498 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 2499 "</citerefentry> are in the manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2500 "sudo</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2501 msgstr ""
 2502 
 2503 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2504 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1861
 2505 msgid "sudo_timed (bool)"
 2506 msgstr "sudo_timed (論理値)"
 2507 
 2508 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2509 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1864
 2510 msgid ""
 2511 "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
 2512 "that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
 2513 msgstr ""
 2514 "時間依存の sudoers エントリーを実装する sudoNotBefore と sudoNotAfter の属性"
 2515 "を評価するかしないかです。"
 2516 
 2517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2518 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1876
 2519 msgid "sudo_threshold (integer)"
 2520 msgstr ""
 2521 
 2522 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2523 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1879
 2524 msgid ""
 2525 "Maximum number of expired rules that can be refreshed at once. If number of "
 2526 "expired rules is below threshold, those rules are refreshed with "
 2527 "<quote>rules refresh</quote> mechanism. If the threshold is exceeded a "
 2528 "<quote>full refresh</quote> of sudo rules is triggered instead. This "
 2529 "threshold number also applies to IPA sudo command and command group searches."
 2530 msgstr ""
 2531 
 2532 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2533 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1898
 2534 msgid "AUTOFS configuration options"
 2535 msgstr "Autofs 設定オプション"
 2536 
 2537 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2538 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1900
 2539 msgid "These options can be used to configure the autofs service."
 2540 msgstr "これらのオプションが autofs サービスを設定するために使用されます。"
 2541 
 2542 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2543 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1904
 2544 msgid "autofs_negative_timeout (integer)"
 2545 msgstr "autofs_negative_timeout (整数)"
 2546 
 2547 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2548 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1907
 2549 msgid ""
 2550 "Specifies for how many seconds should the autofs responder negative cache "
 2551 "hits (that is, queries for invalid map entries, like nonexistent ones) "
 2552 "before asking the back end again."
 2553 msgstr ""
 2554 "autofs レスポンダーのネガティブキャッシュ(つまり、存在しないもののように、無"
 2555 "効なマップエントリーに対する問い合わせ)が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前に"
 2556 "ヒットする秒数を指定します。"
 2557 
 2558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1923
 2560 msgid "SSH configuration options"
 2561 msgstr "SSH 設定オプション"
 2562 
 2563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1925
 2565 msgid "These options can be used to configure the SSH service."
 2566 msgstr "これらのオプションは SSH サービスを設定するために使用されます。"
 2567 
 2568 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2569 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1929
 2570 msgid "ssh_hash_known_hosts (bool)"
 2571 msgstr "ssh_hash_known_hosts (論理値)"
 2572 
 2573 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2574 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1932
 2575 msgid ""
 2576 "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
 2577 "file."
 2578 msgstr ""
 2579 
 2580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1941
 2582 msgid "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (integer)"
 2583 msgstr "ssh_known_hosts_timeout (整数)"
 2584 
 2585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1944
 2587 msgid ""
 2588 "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
 2589 "host keys were requested."
 2590 msgstr ""
 2591 
 2592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1948
 2594 msgid "Default: 180"
 2595 msgstr "初期値: 180"
 2596 
 2597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1953
 2599 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_keys (bool)"
 2600 msgstr ""
 2601 
 2602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2603 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1956
 2604 msgid ""
 2605 "If set to true the <command>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</command> will return ssh "
 2606 "keys derived from the public key of X.509 certificates stored in the user "
 2607 "entry as well. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 2608 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details."
 2609 msgstr ""
 2610 
 2611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1971
 2613 msgid "ssh_use_certificate_matching_rules (string)"
 2614 msgstr ""
 2615 
 2616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1974
 2618 msgid ""
 2619 "By default the ssh responder will use all available certificate matching "
 2620 "rules to filter the certificates so that ssh keys are only derived from the "
 2621 "matching ones. With this option the used rules can be restricted with a "
 2622 "comma separated list of mapping and matching rule names. All other rules "
 2623 "will be ignored."
 2624 msgstr ""
 2625 
 2626 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2627 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1983
 2628 msgid ""
 2629 "There are two special key words 'all_rules' and 'no_rules' which will enable "
 2630 "all or no rules, respectively. The latter means that no certificates will be "
 2631 "filtered out and ssh keys will be generated from all valid certificates."
 2632 msgstr ""
 2633 
 2634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1990
 2636 msgid ""
 2637 "If no rules are configured using 'all_rules' will enable a default rule "
 2638 "which enables all certificates suitable for client authentication.  This is "
 2639 "the same behavior as for the PAM responder if certificate authentication is "
 2640 "enabled."
 2641 msgstr ""
 2642 
 2643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:1997
 2645 msgid ""
 2646 "A non-existing rule name is considered an error.  If as a result no rule is "
 2647 "selected all certificates will be ignored."
 2648 msgstr ""
 2649 
 2650 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2651 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2002
 2652 msgid ""
 2653 "Default: not set, equivalent to 'all_rules', all found rules or the default "
 2654 "rule are used"
 2655 msgstr ""
 2656 
 2657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2008
 2659 msgid "ca_db (string)"
 2660 msgstr ""
 2661 
 2662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2011
 2664 msgid ""
 2665 "Path to a storage of trusted CA certificates. The option is used to validate "
 2666 "user certificates before deriving public ssh keys from them."
 2667 msgstr ""
 2668 
 2669 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2670 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2031
 2671 msgid "PAC responder configuration options"
 2672 msgstr ""
 2673 
 2674 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2675 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2033
 2676 msgid ""
 2677 "The PAC responder works together with the authorization data plugin for MIT "
 2678 "Kerberos sssd_pac_plugin.so and a sub-domain provider. The plugin sends the "
 2679 "PAC data during a GSSAPI authentication to the PAC responder. The sub-domain "
 2680 "provider collects domain SID and ID ranges of the domain the client is "
 2681 "joined to and of remote trusted domains from the local domain controller. If "
 2682 "the PAC is decoded and evaluated some of the following operations are done:"
 2683 msgstr ""
 2684 
 2685 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2686 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2042
 2687 msgid ""
 2688 "If the remote user does not exist in the cache, it is created. The UID is "
 2689 "determined with the help of the SID, trusted domains will have UPGs and the "
 2690 "GID will have the same value as the UID. The home directory is set based on "
 2691 "the subdomain_homedir parameter. The shell will be empty by default, i.e. "
 2692 "the system defaults are used, but can be overwritten with the default_shell "
 2693 "parameter."
 2694 msgstr ""
 2695 
 2696 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 2697 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2050
 2698 msgid ""
 2699 "If there are SIDs of groups from domains sssd knows about, the user will be "
 2700 "added to those groups."
 2701 msgstr ""
 2702 
 2703 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2704 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2056
 2705 msgid "These options can be used to configure the PAC responder."
 2706 msgstr ""
 2707 
 2708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2060 sssd-ifp.5.xml:50
 2710 msgid "allowed_uids (string)"
 2711 msgstr "allowed_uids (文字列)"
 2712 
 2713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2063
 2715 msgid ""
 2716 "Specifies the comma-separated list of UID values or user names that are "
 2717 "allowed to access the PAC responder. User names are resolved to UIDs at "
 2718 "startup."
 2719 msgstr ""
 2720 
 2721 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2722 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2069
 2723 msgid "Default: 0 (only the root user is allowed to access the PAC responder)"
 2724 msgstr ""
 2725 
 2726 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2727 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2073
 2728 msgid ""
 2729 "Please note that although the UID 0 is used as the default it will be "
 2730 "overwritten with this option. If you still want to allow the root user to "
 2731 "access the PAC responder, which would be the typical case, you have to add 0 "
 2732 "to the list of allowed UIDs as well."
 2733 msgstr ""
 2734 
 2735 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2736 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2082
 2737 msgid "pac_lifetime (integer)"
 2738 msgstr ""
 2739 
 2740 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2741 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2085
 2742 msgid ""
 2743 "Lifetime of the PAC entry in seconds. As long as the PAC is valid the PAC "
 2744 "data can be used to determine the group memberships of a user."
 2745 msgstr ""
 2746 
 2747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 2748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2098
 2749 msgid "Session recording configuration options"
 2750 msgstr ""
 2751 
 2752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2100
 2754 msgid ""
 2755 "Session recording works in conjunction with <citerefentry> "
 2756 "<refentrytitle>tlog-rec-session</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 2757 "citerefentry>, a part of tlog package, to log what users see and type when "
 2758 "they log in on a text terminal.  See also <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 2759 "session-recording</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 2760 msgstr ""
 2761 
 2762 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 2763 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2113
 2764 msgid "These options can be used to configure session recording."
 2765 msgstr ""
 2766 
 2767 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2768 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2117 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:64
 2769 msgid "scope (string)"
 2770 msgstr ""
 2771 
 2772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2124 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:71
 2774 msgid "\"none\""
 2775 msgstr ""
 2776 
 2777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2127 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:74
 2779 msgid "No users are recorded."
 2780 msgstr ""
 2781 
 2782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2132 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:79
 2784 msgid "\"some\""
 2785 msgstr ""
 2786 
 2787 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2788 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2135 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:82
 2789 msgid ""
 2790 "Users/groups specified by <replaceable>users</replaceable> and "
 2791 "<replaceable>groups</replaceable> options are recorded."
 2792 msgstr ""
 2793 
 2794 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2795 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2144 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:91
 2796 msgid "\"all\""
 2797 msgstr ""
 2798 
 2799 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2800 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2147 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:94
 2801 msgid "All users are recorded."
 2802 msgstr ""
 2803 
 2804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:67
 2806 msgid ""
 2807 "One of the following strings specifying the scope of session recording: "
 2808 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 2809 msgstr ""
 2810 
 2811 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2812 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2154 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:101
 2813 msgid "Default: \"none\""
 2814 msgstr ""
 2815 
 2816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2159 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:106
 2818 msgid "users (string)"
 2819 msgstr ""
 2820 
 2821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2162 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:109
 2823 msgid ""
 2824 "A comma-separated list of users which should have session recording enabled. "
 2825 "Matches user names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the possible space "
 2826 "replacement, case changes, etc."
 2827 msgstr ""
 2828 
 2829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2168 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:115
 2831 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no users."
 2832 msgstr ""
 2833 
 2834 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2835 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2173 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:120
 2836 msgid "groups (string)"
 2837 msgstr ""
 2838 
 2839 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2840 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2176 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:123
 2841 msgid ""
 2842 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should have session "
 2843 "recording enabled. Matches group names as returned by NSS. I.e. after the "
 2844 "possible space replacement, case changes, etc."
 2845 msgstr ""
 2846 
 2847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2182 sssd.conf.5.xml:2214 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:129
 2849 #: sssd-session-recording.5.xml:161
 2850 msgid ""
 2851 "NOTE: using this option (having it set to anything) has a considerable "
 2852 "performance cost, because each uncached request for a user requires "
 2853 "retrieving and matching the groups the user is member of."
 2854 msgstr ""
 2855 
 2856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2857 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2189 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:136
 2858 msgid "Default: Empty. Matches no groups."
 2859 msgstr ""
 2860 
 2861 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2862 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2194 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:141
 2863 #, fuzzy
 2864 #| msgid "simple_deny_users (string)"
 2865 msgid "exclude_users (string)"
 2866 msgstr "simple_deny_users (文字列)"
 2867 
 2868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2197 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:144
 2870 msgid ""
 2871 "A comma-separated list of users to be excluded from recording, only "
 2872 "applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2873 msgstr ""
 2874 
 2875 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2876 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2201 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:148
 2877 #, fuzzy
 2878 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 2879 msgid "Default: Empty. No users excluded."
 2880 msgstr "初期値: 空、つまり ldap_uri が使用されます。"
 2881 
 2882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2206 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:153
 2884 #, fuzzy
 2885 #| msgid "simple_deny_groups (string)"
 2886 msgid "exclude_groups (string)"
 2887 msgstr "simple_deny_groups (文字列)"
 2888 
 2889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2209 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:156
 2891 msgid ""
 2892 "A comma-separated list of groups, members of which should be excluded from "
 2893 "recording. Only applicable with 'scope=all'."
 2894 msgstr ""
 2895 
 2896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2221 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:168
 2898 #, fuzzy
 2899 #| msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 2900 msgid "Default: Empty. No groups excluded."
 2901 msgstr "初期値: 空、つまり ldap_uri が使用されます。"
 2902 
 2903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 2904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2231
 2905 msgid "DOMAIN SECTIONS"
 2906 msgstr "ドメインセクション"
 2907 
 2908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2238
 2910 msgid "enabled"
 2911 msgstr ""
 2912 
 2913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2914 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2241
 2915 msgid ""
 2916 "Explicitly enable or disable the domain. If <quote>true</quote>, the domain "
 2917 "is always <quote>enabled</quote>. If <quote>false</quote>, the domain is "
 2918 "always <quote>disabled</quote>. If this option is not set, the domain is "
 2919 "enabled only if it is listed in the domains option in the <quote>[sssd]</"
 2920 "quote> section."
 2921 msgstr ""
 2922 
 2923 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2924 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2253
 2925 msgid "domain_type (string)"
 2926 msgstr ""
 2927 
 2928 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2929 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2256
 2930 msgid ""
 2931 "Specifies whether the domain is meant to be used by POSIX-aware clients such "
 2932 "as the Name Service Switch or by applications that do not need POSIX data to "
 2933 "be present or generated. Only objects from POSIX domains are available to "
 2934 "the operating system interfaces and utilities."
 2935 msgstr ""
 2936 
 2937 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2938 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2264
 2939 msgid ""
 2940 "Allowed values for this option are <quote>posix</quote> and "
 2941 "<quote>application</quote>."
 2942 msgstr ""
 2943 
 2944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2268
 2946 msgid ""
 2947 "POSIX domains are reachable by all services. Application domains are only "
 2948 "reachable from the InfoPipe responder (see <citerefentry> "
 2949 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 2950 "citerefentry>) and the PAM responder."
 2951 msgstr ""
 2952 
 2953 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2954 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2276
 2955 msgid ""
 2956 "NOTE: The application domains are currently well tested with "
 2957 "<quote>id_provider=ldap</quote> only."
 2958 msgstr ""
 2959 
 2960 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2961 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2280
 2962 msgid ""
 2963 "For an easy way to configure a non-POSIX domains, please see the "
 2964 "<quote>Application domains</quote> section."
 2965 msgstr ""
 2966 
 2967 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2968 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2284
 2969 msgid "Default: posix"
 2970 msgstr ""
 2971 
 2972 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 2973 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2290
 2974 msgid "min_id,max_id (integer)"
 2975 msgstr "min_id,max_id (整数)"
 2976 
 2977 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2978 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2293
 2979 msgid ""
 2980 "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
 2981 "outside these limits, it is ignored."
 2982 msgstr ""
 2983 "ドメインに対する UID と GID の制限です。ドメインがこれらの制限の外にあるエン"
 2984 "トリーを含む場合、それは無視されます。"
 2985 
 2986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2298
 2988 msgid ""
 2989 "For users, this affects the primary GID limit. The user will not be returned "
 2990 "to NSS if either the UID or the primary GID is outside the range. For non-"
 2991 "primary group memberships, those that are in range will be reported as "
 2992 "expected."
 2993 msgstr ""
 2994 "ユーザーに対して、これはプライマリー GID 制限に影響します。 UID またはプライ"
 2995 "マリー GID が範囲外ならば、ユーザーは NSS に返されません。非プライマリーメン"
 2996 "バーに対して、範囲内にあるものは予期されたものとして報告されます。"
 2997 
 2998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 2999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2305
 3000 msgid ""
 3001 "These ID limits affect even saving entries to cache, not only returning them "
 3002 "by name or ID."
 3003 msgstr ""
 3004 
 3005 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3006 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2309
 3007 msgid "Default: 1 for min_id, 0 (no limit) for max_id"
 3008 msgstr "初期値: min_id は 1, max_id は 0 (無制限)"
 3009 
 3010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2315
 3012 msgid "enumerate (bool)"
 3013 msgstr "enumerate (論理値)"
 3014 
 3015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2318
 3017 msgid ""
 3018 "Determines if a domain can be enumerated, that is, whether the domain can "
 3019 "list all the users and group it contains. Note that it is not required to "
 3020 "enable enumeration in order for secondary groups to be displayed. This "
 3021 "parameter can have one of the following values:"
 3022 msgstr ""
 3023 
 3024 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3025 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2326
 3026 msgid "TRUE = Users and groups are enumerated"
 3027 msgstr "TRUE = ユーザーとグループが列挙されます"
 3028 
 3029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3030 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2329
 3031 msgid "FALSE = No enumerations for this domain"
 3032 msgstr "FALSE = このドメインに対して列挙しません"
 3033 
 3034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2332 sssd.conf.5.xml:2602 sssd.conf.5.xml:2778
 3036 msgid "Default: FALSE"
 3037 msgstr "初期値: FALSE"
 3038 
 3039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2335
 3041 msgid ""
 3042 "Enumerating a domain requires SSSD to download and store ALL user and group "
 3043 "entries from the remote server."
 3044 msgstr ""
 3045 
 3046 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3047 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2340
 3048 msgid ""
 3049 "Note: Enabling enumeration has a moderate performance impact on SSSD while "
 3050 "enumeration is running. It may take up to several minutes after SSSD startup "
 3051 "to fully complete enumerations.  During this time, individual requests for "
 3052 "information will go directly to LDAP, though it may be slow, due to the "
 3053 "heavy enumeration processing. Saving a large number of entries to cache "
 3054 "after the enumeration completes might also be CPU intensive as the "
 3055 "memberships have to be recomputed. This can lead to the <quote>sssd_be</"
 3056 "quote> process becoming unresponsive or even restarted by the internal "
 3057 "watchdog."
 3058 msgstr ""
 3059 
 3060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3061 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2355
 3062 msgid ""
 3063 "While the first enumeration is running, requests for the complete user or "
 3064 "group lists may return no results until it completes."
 3065 msgstr ""
 3066 "最初の列挙が実行中の間、完全なユーザーまたはグループの一覧に対する要求は、そ"
 3067 "れが完了するまで結果を返しません。"
 3068 
 3069 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3070 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2360
 3071 msgid ""
 3072 "Further, enabling enumeration may increase the time necessary to detect "
 3073 "network disconnection, as longer timeouts are required to ensure that "
 3074 "enumeration lookups are completed successfully.  For more information, refer "
 3075 "to the man pages for the specific id_provider in use."
 3076 msgstr ""
 3077 "さらに、列挙を有効にすることにより、挙の検索が確実に正しく完了するよりも長く"
 3078 "する必要があるので、ネットワーク切断を検知するために必要な時間が増える可能性"
 3079 "があります。詳細は使用している具体的な id_provider のマニュアルページを参照し"
 3080 "てください。"
 3081 
 3082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2368
 3084 msgid ""
 3085 "For the reasons cited above, enabling enumeration is not recommended, "
 3086 "especially in large environments."
 3087 msgstr ""
 3088 
 3089 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3090 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2376
 3091 msgid "subdomain_enumerate (string)"
 3092 msgstr ""
 3093 
 3094 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3095 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2383
 3096 msgid "all"
 3097 msgstr ""
 3098 
 3099 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3100 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2384
 3101 msgid "All discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3102 msgstr ""
 3103 
 3104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2387
 3106 msgid "none"
 3107 msgstr ""
 3108 
 3109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2388
 3111 msgid "No discovered trusted domains will be enumerated"
 3112 msgstr ""
 3113 
 3114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2379
 3116 msgid ""
 3117 "Whether any of autodetected trusted domains should be enumerated. The "
 3118 "supported values are: <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> "
 3119 "Optionally, a list of one or more domain names can enable enumeration just "
 3120 "for these trusted domains."
 3121 msgstr ""
 3122 
 3123 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3124 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2402
 3125 msgid "entry_cache_timeout (integer)"
 3126 msgstr "entry_cache_timeout (整数)"
 3127 
 3128 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3129 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2405
 3130 msgid ""
 3131 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider entries valid before asking the "
 3132 "backend again"
 3133 msgstr ""
 3134 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にエントリーを有効であると考える秒"
 3135 "数です。"
 3136 
 3137 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3138 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2409
 3139 msgid ""
 3140 "The cache expiration timestamps are stored as attributes of individual "
 3141 "objects in the cache. Therefore, changing the cache timeout only has effect "
 3142 "for newly added or expired entries.  You should run the <citerefentry> "
 3143 "<refentrytitle>sss_cache</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
 3144 "citerefentry> tool in order to force refresh of entries that have already "
 3145 "been cached."
 3146 msgstr ""
 3147 
 3148 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3149 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2422
 3150 msgid "Default: 5400"
 3151 msgstr "初期値: 5400"
 3152 
 3153 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3154 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2428
 3155 msgid "entry_cache_user_timeout (integer)"
 3156 msgstr "entry_cache_user_timeout (整数)"
 3157 
 3158 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3159 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2431
 3160 msgid ""
 3161 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider user entries valid before asking "
 3162 "the backend again"
 3163 msgstr ""
 3164 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にユーザーエントリーを有効であると"
 3165 "考える秒数です。"
 3166 
 3167 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3168 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2435 sssd.conf.5.xml:2448 sssd.conf.5.xml:2461
 3169 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2474 sssd.conf.5.xml:2488 sssd.conf.5.xml:2501
 3170 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2515 sssd.conf.5.xml:2529 sssd.conf.5.xml:2542
 3171 msgid "Default: entry_cache_timeout"
 3172 msgstr "初期値: entry_cache_timeout"
 3173 
 3174 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3175 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2441
 3176 msgid "entry_cache_group_timeout (integer)"
 3177 msgstr "entry_cache_group_timeout (整数)"
 3178 
 3179 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3180 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2444
 3181 msgid ""
 3182 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider group entries valid before asking "
 3183 "the backend again"
 3184 msgstr ""
 3185 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にグループエントリーを有効であると"
 3186 "考える秒数です。"
 3187 
 3188 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3189 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2454
 3190 msgid "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (integer)"
 3191 msgstr "entry_cache_netgroup_timeout (整数)"
 3192 
 3193 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3194 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2457
 3195 msgid ""
 3196 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider netgroup entries valid before "
 3197 "asking the backend again"
 3198 msgstr ""
 3199 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にネットワークグループエントリーを"
 3200 "有効であると考える秒数です。"
 3201 
 3202 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3203 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2467
 3204 msgid "entry_cache_service_timeout (integer)"
 3205 msgstr "entry_cache_service_timeout (整数)"
 3206 
 3207 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3208 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2470
 3209 msgid ""
 3210 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider service entries valid before asking "
 3211 "the backend again"
 3212 msgstr ""
 3213 "nss_sss が再びバックエンドに問い合わせる前にサービスエントリーを有効であると"
 3214 "考える秒数です。"
 3215 
 3216 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3217 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2480
 3218 msgid "entry_cache_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 3219 msgstr ""
 3220 
 3221 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3222 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2483
 3223 msgid ""
 3224 "How many seconds should nss_sss consider hosts and networks entries valid "
 3225 "before asking the backend again"
 3226 msgstr ""
 3227 
 3228 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3229 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2494
 3230 msgid "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3231 msgstr "entry_cache_sudo_timeout (integer)"
 3232 
 3233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3234 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2497
 3235 msgid ""
 3236 "How many seconds should sudo consider rules valid before asking the backend "
 3237 "again"
 3238 msgstr ""
 3239 
 3240 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3241 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2507
 3242 msgid "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (integer)"
 3243 msgstr "entry_cache_autofs_timeout (整数)"
 3244 
 3245 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3246 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2510
 3247 msgid ""
 3248 "How many seconds should the autofs service consider automounter maps valid "
 3249 "before asking the backend again"
 3250 msgstr ""
 3251 
 3252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2521
 3254 msgid "entry_cache_ssh_host_timeout (integer)"
 3255 msgstr ""
 3256 
 3257 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3258 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2524
 3259 msgid ""
 3260 "How many seconds to keep a host ssh key after refresh. IE how long to cache "
 3261 "the host key for."
 3262 msgstr ""
 3263 
 3264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2535
 3266 msgid "entry_cache_computer_timeout (integer)"
 3267 msgstr ""
 3268 
 3269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2538
 3271 msgid ""
 3272 "How many seconds to keep the local computer entry before asking the backend "
 3273 "again"
 3274 msgstr ""
 3275 
 3276 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3277 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2548
 3278 msgid "refresh_expired_interval (integer)"
 3279 msgstr "refresh_expired_interval (整数)"
 3280 
 3281 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3282 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2551
 3283 msgid ""
 3284 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before triggering a background "
 3285 "refresh task which will refresh all expired or nearly expired records."
 3286 msgstr ""
 3287 
 3288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3289 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2556
 3290 msgid ""
 3291 "The background refresh will process users, groups and netgroups in the "
 3292 "cache. For users who have performed the initgroups (get group membership for "
 3293 "user, typically ran at login)  operation in the past, both the user entry "
 3294 "and the group membership are updated."
 3295 msgstr ""
 3296 
 3297 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3298 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2564
 3299 msgid "This option is automatically inherited for all trusted domains."
 3300 msgstr ""
 3301 
 3302 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3303 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2568
 3304 msgid "You can consider setting this value to 3/4 * entry_cache_timeout."
 3305 msgstr ""
 3306 
 3307 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3308 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2572
 3309 msgid ""
 3310 "Cache entry will be refreshed by background task when 2/3 of cache timeout "
 3311 "has already passed.  If there are existing cached entries, the background "
 3312 "task will refer to their original cache timeout values instead of current "
 3313 "configuration value.  This may lead to a situation in which background "
 3314 "refresh task appears to not be working. This is done by design to improve "
 3315 "offline mode operation and reuse of existing valid cache entries.  To make "
 3316 "this change instant the user may want to manually invalidate existing cache."
 3317 msgstr ""
 3318 
 3319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2585 sssd-ldap.5.xml:350 sssd-ipa.5.xml:269
 3321 msgid "Default: 0 (disabled)"
 3322 msgstr "初期値: 0 (無効)"
 3323 
 3324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2591
 3326 msgid "cache_credentials (bool)"
 3327 msgstr "cache_credentials (論理値)"
 3328 
 3329 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3330 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2594
 3331 msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache"
 3332 msgstr ""
 3333 "ユーザーのクレディンシャルがローカル LDB キャッシュにキャッシュされるかどうか"
 3334 "を決めます"
 3335 
 3336 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3337 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2598
 3338 msgid "User credentials are stored in a SHA512 hash, not in plaintext"
 3339 msgstr ""
 3340 "ユーザーのクレディンシャルが、平文ではなく SHA512 ハッシュで保存されます"
 3341 
 3342 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3343 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2608
 3344 msgid "cache_credentials_minimal_first_factor_length (int)"
 3345 msgstr ""
 3346 
 3347 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3348 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2611
 3349 msgid ""
 3350 "If 2-Factor-Authentication (2FA) is used and credentials should be saved "
 3351 "this value determines the minimal length the first authentication factor "
 3352 "(long term password) must have to be saved as SHA512 hash into the cache."
 3353 msgstr ""
 3354 
 3355 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3356 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2618
 3357 msgid ""
 3358 "This should avoid that the short PINs of a PIN based 2FA scheme are saved in "
 3359 "the cache which would make them easy targets for brute-force attacks."
 3360 msgstr ""
 3361 
 3362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2629
 3364 msgid "account_cache_expiration (integer)"
 3365 msgstr "account_cache_expiration (整数)"
 3366 
 3367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3368 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2632
 3369 msgid ""
 3370 "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
 3371 "being removed during a cleanup of the cache. 0 means keep forever.  The "
 3372 "value of this parameter must be greater than or equal to "
 3373 "offline_credentials_expiration."
 3374 msgstr ""
 3375 "正常にログイン後、キャッシュのクリーンアップ中にエントリーが削除される前の日"
 3376 "数です。 0 は永久に保持することを意味します。このパラメーターの値は "
 3377 "offline_credentials_expiration と同等以上でなければいけません。"
 3378 
 3379 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3380 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2639
 3381 msgid "Default: 0 (unlimited)"
 3382 msgstr "初期値: 0 (無制限)"
 3383 
 3384 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3385 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2644
 3386 msgid "pwd_expiration_warning (integer)"
 3387 msgstr "pwd_expiration_warning (整数)"
 3388 
 3389 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3390 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2655
 3391 msgid ""
 3392 "Please note that the backend server has to provide information about the "
 3393 "expiration time of the password.  If this information is missing, sssd "
 3394 "cannot display a warning. Also an auth provider has to be configured for the "
 3395 "backend."
 3396 msgstr ""
 3397 
 3398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3399 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2662
 3400 msgid "Default: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3401 msgstr "初期値: 7 (Kerberos), 0 (LDAP)"
 3402 
 3403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3404 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2668
 3405 msgid "id_provider (string)"
 3406 msgstr "id_provider (文字列)"
 3407 
 3408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2671
 3410 msgid ""
 3411 "The identification provider used for the domain.  Supported ID providers are:"
 3412 msgstr ""
 3413 "ドメインに対して使用される識別子プロバイダーです。サポートされる ID プロバイ"
 3414 "ダーは次のとおりです:"
 3415 
 3416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3417 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2675
 3418 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote>: Support a legacy NSS provider."
 3419 msgstr ""
 3420 
 3421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3422 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2678
 3423 msgid ""
 3424 "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users (DEPRECATED)."
 3425 msgstr ""
 3426 
 3427 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3428 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2682
 3429 msgid ""
 3430 "<quote>files</quote>: FILES provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3431 "files</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3432 "information on how to mirror local users and groups into SSSD."
 3433 msgstr ""
 3434 
 3435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3436 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2690
 3437 msgid ""
 3438 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3439 "ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more "
 3440 "information on configuring LDAP."
 3441 msgstr ""
 3442 "<quote>ldap</quote>: LDAP プロバイダー。LDAP の設定に関する詳細は "
 3443 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3444 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3445 
 3446 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3447 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2698 sssd.conf.5.xml:2804 sssd.conf.5.xml:2859
 3448 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2922
 3449 msgid ""
 3450 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management "
 3451 "provider. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3452 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3453 "FreeIPA."
 3454 msgstr ""
 3455 "<quote>ipa</quote>: FreeIPA および Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management プ"
 3456 "ロバイダー。FreeIPA の設定に関する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-"
 3457 "ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してくださ"
 3458 "い。"
 3459 
 3460 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3461 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2707 sssd.conf.5.xml:2813 sssd.conf.5.xml:2868
 3462 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2931
 3463 msgid ""
 3464 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory provider. See <citerefentry> "
 3465 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3466 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Active Directory."
 3467 msgstr ""
 3468 "<quote>ad</quote>: Active Directory プロバイダー。Active Directory の設定に関"
 3469 "する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3470 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3471 
 3472 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3473 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2718
 3474 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names (bool)"
 3475 msgstr "use_fully_qualified_names (論理値)"
 3476 
 3477 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3478 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2721
 3479 msgid ""
 3480 "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
 3481 "as the user's login name reported to NSS."
 3482 msgstr ""
 3483 "NSS に報告するユーザーのログイン名としてフルネームとドメイン (ドメインの完全"
 3484 "名形式により整形されたように) を使用します。"
 3485 
 3486 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3487 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2726
 3488 msgid ""
 3489 "If set to TRUE, all requests to this domain must use fully qualified names. "
 3490 "For example, if used in LOCAL domain that contains a \"test\" user, "
 3491 "<command>getent passwd test</command> wouldn't find the user while "
 3492 "<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> would."
 3493 msgstr ""
 3494 "TRUE に設定されていると、このドメインへのすべての要求は完全修飾名を使用する必"
 3495 "要があります。たとえば、 \"test\" ユーザーを含む LOCAL ドメインにおいて使用さ"
 3496 "れていると、<command>getent passwd test</command> はユーザーを見つけられませ"
 3497 "んが、<command>getent passwd test@LOCAL</command> は見つけられます。"
 3498 
 3499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2734
 3501 msgid ""
 3502 "NOTE: This option has no effect on netgroup lookups due to their tendency to "
 3503 "include nested netgroups without qualified names. For netgroups, all domains "
 3504 "will be searched when an unqualified name is requested."
 3505 msgstr ""
 3506 
 3507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3508 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2741
 3509 msgid ""
 3510 "Default: FALSE (TRUE for trusted domain/sub-domains or if "
 3511 "default_domain_suffix is used)"
 3512 msgstr ""
 3513 
 3514 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3515 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2748
 3516 msgid "ignore_group_members (bool)"
 3517 msgstr "ignore_group_members (論理値)"
 3518 
 3519 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3520 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2751
 3521 msgid "Do not return group members for group lookups."
 3522 msgstr ""
 3523 
 3524 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3525 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2754
 3526 msgid ""
 3527 "If set to TRUE, the group membership attribute is not requested from the "
 3528 "ldap server, and group members are not returned when processing group lookup "
 3529 "calls, such as <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>getgrnam</refentrytitle> "
 3530 "<manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </citerefentry> or <citerefentry> "
 3531 "<refentrytitle>getgrgid</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>3</manvolnum> </"
 3532 "citerefentry>.  As an effect, <quote>getent group $groupname</quote> would "
 3533 "return the requested group as if it was empty."
 3534 msgstr ""
 3535 
 3536 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3537 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2772
 3538 msgid ""
 3539 "Enabling this option can also make access provider checks for group "
 3540 "membership significantly faster, especially for groups containing many "
 3541 "members."
 3542 msgstr ""
 3543 
 3544 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3545 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2783
 3546 msgid "auth_provider (string)"
 3547 msgstr "auth_provider (文字列)"
 3548 
 3549 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3550 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2786
 3551 msgid ""
 3552 "The authentication provider used for the domain.  Supported auth providers "
 3553 "are:"
 3554 msgstr ""
 3555 "ドメインに対して使用される認証プロバイダーです。サポートされる認証プロバイ"
 3556 "ダーは次のとおりです:"
 3557 
 3558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2790 sssd.conf.5.xml:2852
 3560 msgid ""
 3561 "<quote>ldap</quote> for native LDAP authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3562 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3563 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3564 msgstr ""
 3565 "<quote>ldap</quote> は本来の LDAP 認証向けです。LDAP の設定に関する詳細は "
 3566 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3567 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3568 
 3569 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3570 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2797
 3571 msgid ""
 3572 "<quote>krb5</quote> for Kerberos authentication. See <citerefentry> "
 3573 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3574 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3575 msgstr ""
 3576 "<quote>krb5</quote> は Kerberos 認証向けです。Kerberos の設定に関する詳細は "
 3577 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3578 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3579 
 3580 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3581 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2821
 3582 msgid ""
 3583 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
 3584 msgstr ""
 3585 "<quote>proxy</quote> はいくつかの他の PAM ターゲットに認証を中継します。"
 3586 
 3587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3588 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2824
 3589 msgid "<quote>local</quote>: SSSD internal provider for local users"
 3590 msgstr "<quote>local</quote>: ローカルユーザー向け SSSD 内部プロバイダー"
 3591 
 3592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3593 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2828
 3594 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables authentication explicitly."
 3595 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> は明示的に認証を無効化します。"
 3596 
 3597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3598 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2831
 3599 msgid ""
 3600 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3601 "authentication requests."
 3602 msgstr ""
 3603 "初期値: <quote>id_provider</quote> が設定され、認証要求を取り扱うことができる"
 3604 "ならば、それが使用されます。"
 3605 
 3606 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3607 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2837
 3608 msgid "access_provider (string)"
 3609 msgstr "access_provider (文字列)"
 3610 
 3611 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3612 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2840
 3613 msgid ""
 3614 "The access control provider used for the domain.  There are two built-in "
 3615 "access providers (in addition to any included in installed backends)  "
 3616 "Internal special providers are:"
 3617 msgstr ""
 3618 "ドメインに対して使用されるアクセス制御プロバイダーです。 2 つの組み込みアクセ"
 3619 "スプロバイダーがあります(インストールされたバックエンドに含まれるすべてを加"
 3620 "えます)。内部の特別プロバイダーは次のとおりです:"
 3621 
 3622 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3623 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2846
 3624 msgid ""
 3625 "<quote>permit</quote> always allow access. It's the only permitted access "
 3626 "provider for a local domain."
 3627 msgstr ""
 3628 "<quote>permit</quote> は常にアクセスを許可します。ローカルドメインに対するプ"
 3629 "ロバイダーのみアクセスが許可されます。"
 3630 
 3631 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3632 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2849
 3633 msgid "<quote>deny</quote> always deny access."
 3634 msgstr "<quote>deny</quote> は常にアクセスを拒否します。"
 3635 
 3636 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3637 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2876
 3638 msgid ""
 3639 "<quote>simple</quote> access control based on access or deny lists. See "
 3640 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3641 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for more information on configuring the simple "
 3642 "access module."
 3643 msgstr ""
 3644 "<quote>simple</quote> アクセス制御はアクセスまたは拒否の一覧に基づきます。"
 3645 "simple アクセスモジュールの設定に関する詳細は <citerefentry> "
 3646 "<refentrytitle>sssd-simple</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3647 "citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3648 
 3649 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3650 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2883
 3651 msgid ""
 3652 "<quote>krb5</quote>: .k5login based access control.  See <citerefentry> "
 3653 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum></"
 3654 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3655 msgstr ""
 3656 
 3657 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3658 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2890
 3659 msgid "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying access control to another PAM module."
 3660 msgstr ""
 3661 
 3662 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3663 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2893
 3664 msgid "Default: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3665 msgstr "初期値: <quote>permit</quote>"
 3666 
 3667 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3668 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2898
 3669 msgid "chpass_provider (string)"
 3670 msgstr "chpass_provider (文字列)"
 3671 
 3672 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3673 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2901
 3674 msgid ""
 3675 "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain.  "
 3676 "Supported change password providers are:"
 3677 msgstr ""
 3678 "ドメインに対するパスワード変更操作を取り扱うプロバイダーです。サポートされる"
 3679 "パスワード変更プロバイダーは次のとおりです:"
 3680 
 3681 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3682 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2906
 3683 msgid ""
 3684 "<quote>ldap</quote> to change a password stored in a LDAP server. See "
 3685 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3686 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3687 msgstr ""
 3688 
 3689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2914
 3691 msgid ""
 3692 "<quote>krb5</quote> to change the Kerberos password. See <citerefentry> "
 3693 "<refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3694 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring Kerberos."
 3695 msgstr ""
 3696 "<quote>krb5</quote> は Kerberos のパスワードを変更します。 Kerberos の設定に"
 3697 "関する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-krb5</refentrytitle> "
 3698 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3699 
 3700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3701 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2939
 3702 msgid ""
 3703 "<quote>proxy</quote> for relaying password changes to some other PAM target."
 3704 msgstr ""
 3705 "<quote>proxy</quote> はいくつかの他の PAM ターゲットにパスワードの変更を中継"
 3706 "します。"
 3707 
 3708 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3709 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2943
 3710 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows password changes explicitly."
 3711 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> は明示的にパスワードの変更を無効化します。"
 3712 
 3713 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3714 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2946
 3715 msgid ""
 3716 "Default: <quote>auth_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3717 "change password requests."
 3718 msgstr ""
 3719 "初期値: <quote>auth_provider</quote> が設定され、パスワードの変更要求を取り扱"
 3720 "うことができるならば、それが使用されます。"
 3721 
 3722 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3723 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2953
 3724 msgid "sudo_provider (string)"
 3725 msgstr "sudo_provider (文字列)"
 3726 
 3727 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3728 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2956
 3729 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain.  Supported SUDO providers are:"
 3730 msgstr ""
 3731 "ドメインに使用される SUDO プロバイダーです。サポートされる SUDO プロバイダー"
 3732 "は次のとおりです:"
 3733 
 3734 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3735 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2960
 3736 msgid ""
 3737 "<quote>ldap</quote> for rules stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3738 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3739 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3740 msgstr ""
 3741 "<quote>ldap</quote> は LDAP に保存されているルールのためです。LDAP の設定に関"
 3742 "する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3743 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照します。"
 3744 
 3745 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3746 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2968
 3747 msgid ""
 3748 "<quote>ipa</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with IPA default "
 3749 "settings."
 3750 msgstr ""
 3751 
 3752 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3753 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2972
 3754 msgid ""
 3755 "<quote>ad</quote> the same as <quote>ldap</quote> but with AD default "
 3756 "settings."
 3757 msgstr ""
 3758 
 3759 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3760 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2976
 3761 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables SUDO explicitly."
 3762 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> は SUDO を明示的に無効化します。"
 3763 
 3764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3765 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2979 sssd.conf.5.xml:3065 sssd.conf.5.xml:3135
 3766 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3160 sssd.conf.5.xml:3196
 3767 msgid "Default: The value of <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set."
 3768 msgstr ""
 3769 "初期値: <quote>id_provider</quote> の値が設定されていると使用されます。"
 3770 
 3771 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3772 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2983
 3773 msgid ""
 3774 "The detailed instructions for configuration of sudo_provider are in the "
 3775 "manual page <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-sudo</refentrytitle> "
 3776 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>.  There are many configuration "
 3777 "options that can be used to adjust the behavior. Please refer to "
 3778 "\"ldap_sudo_*\" in <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3779 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
 3780 msgstr ""
 3781 
 3782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2998
 3784 msgid ""
 3785 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> Sudo rules are periodically downloaded in the "
 3786 "background unless the sudo provider is explicitly disabled. Set "
 3787 "<emphasis>sudo_provider = None</emphasis> to disable all sudo-related "
 3788 "activity in SSSD if you do not want to use sudo with SSSD at all."
 3789 msgstr ""
 3790 
 3791 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3792 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3008
 3793 msgid "selinux_provider (string)"
 3794 msgstr "selinux_provider (文字列)"
 3795 
 3796 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3797 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3011
 3798 msgid ""
 3799 "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings. Note that this "
 3800 "provider will be called right after access provider ends.  Supported selinux "
 3801 "providers are:"
 3802 msgstr ""
 3803 
 3804 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3805 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3017
 3806 msgid ""
 3807 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load selinux settings from an IPA server. See "
 3808 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3809 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3810 msgstr ""
 3811 
 3812 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3813 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3025
 3814 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching selinux settings explicitly."
 3815 msgstr ""
 3816 
 3817 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3818 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3028
 3819 msgid ""
 3820 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can handle "
 3821 "selinux loading requests."
 3822 msgstr ""
 3823 
 3824 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3825 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3034
 3826 msgid "subdomains_provider (string)"
 3827 msgstr "subdomains_provider (文字列)"
 3828 
 3829 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3830 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3037
 3831 msgid ""
 3832 "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains. This value should "
 3833 "be always the same as id_provider.  Supported subdomain providers are:"
 3834 msgstr ""
 3835 
 3836 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3837 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3043
 3838 msgid ""
 3839 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an IPA server. See "
 3840 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3841 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3842 msgstr ""
 3843 
 3844 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3845 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3052
 3846 msgid ""
 3847 "<quote>ad</quote> to load a list of subdomains from an Active Directory "
 3848 "server. See <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> "
 3849 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring "
 3850 "the AD provider."
 3851 msgstr ""
 3852 
 3853 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3854 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3061
 3855 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching subdomains explicitly."
 3856 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> はサブドメインの取り出しを明示的に無効化します。"
 3857 
 3858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3071
 3860 msgid "session_provider (string)"
 3861 msgstr ""
 3862 
 3863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3074
 3865 msgid ""
 3866 "The provider which configures and manages user session related tasks. The "
 3867 "only user session task currently provided is the integration with Fleet "
 3868 "Commander, which works only with IPA.  Supported session providers are:"
 3869 msgstr ""
 3870 
 3871 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3872 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3081
 3873 msgid "<quote>ipa</quote> to allow performing user session related tasks."
 3874 msgstr ""
 3875 
 3876 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3877 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3085
 3878 msgid ""
 3879 "<quote>none</quote> does not perform any kind of user session related tasks."
 3880 msgstr ""
 3881 
 3882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3883 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3089
 3884 msgid ""
 3885 "Default: <quote>id_provider</quote> is used if it is set and can perform "
 3886 "session related tasks."
 3887 msgstr ""
 3888 
 3889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3890 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3093
 3891 msgid ""
 3892 "<emphasis>NOTE:</emphasis> In order to have this feature working as expected "
 3893 "SSSD must be running as \"root\" and not as the unprivileged user."
 3894 msgstr ""
 3895 
 3896 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3897 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3101
 3898 msgid "autofs_provider (string)"
 3899 msgstr "autofs_provider (文字列)"
 3900 
 3901 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3902 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3104
 3903 msgid ""
 3904 "The autofs provider used for the domain.  Supported autofs providers are:"
 3905 msgstr ""
 3906 "ドメインに対して使用される autofs プロバイダーです。  サポートされる autofs "
 3907 "プロバイダーは次のとおりです:"
 3908 
 3909 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3910 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3108
 3911 msgid ""
 3912 "<quote>ldap</quote> to load maps stored in LDAP. See <citerefentry> "
 3913 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3914 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3915 msgstr ""
 3916 "<quote>ldap</quote> は LDAP に保存されているマップを読み込みます。LDAP の設定"
 3917 "に関する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> "
 3918 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3919 
 3920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3115
 3922 msgid ""
 3923 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load maps stored in an IPA server. See <citerefentry> "
 3924 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3925 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3926 msgstr ""
 3927 "<quote>ipa</quote> は IPA サーバーに保存されているマップを読み込みます。IPA "
 3928 "の設定に関する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> "
 3929 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3930 
 3931 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3932 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3123
 3933 msgid ""
 3934 "<quote>ad</quote> to load maps stored in an AD server. See <citerefentry> "
 3935 "<refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
 3936 "citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD provider."
 3937 msgstr ""
 3938 
 3939 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3940 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3132
 3941 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables autofs explicitly."
 3942 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> は明示的に autofs を無効にします。"
 3943 
 3944 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3945 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3142
 3946 msgid "hostid_provider (string)"
 3947 msgstr "hostid_provider (文字列)"
 3948 
 3949 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3950 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3145
 3951 msgid ""
 3952 "The provider used for retrieving host identity information.  Supported "
 3953 "hostid providers are:"
 3954 msgstr ""
 3955 "ホスト識別情報を取得するために使用されるプロバイダーです。  サポートされる "
 3956 "hostid プロバイダーは次のとおりです:"
 3957 
 3958 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3959 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3149
 3960 msgid ""
 3961 "<quote>ipa</quote> to load host identity stored in an IPA server. See "
 3962 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3963 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring IPA."
 3964 msgstr ""
 3965 "<quote>ipa</quote> は IPA サーバーに保存されているホスト識別子を読み込みま"
 3966 "す。IPA の設定に関する詳細は <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ipa</"
 3967 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> を参照してください。"
 3968 
 3969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3157
 3971 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disables hostid explicitly."
 3972 msgstr "<quote>none</quote> は明示的に hostid を無効にします。"
 3973 
 3974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 3975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3167
 3976 msgid "resolver_provider (string)"
 3977 msgstr ""
 3978 
 3979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3170
 3981 msgid ""
 3982 "The provider which should handle hosts and networks lookups. Supported "
 3983 "resolver providers are:"
 3984 msgstr ""
 3985 
 3986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3174
 3988 msgid ""
 3989 "<quote>proxy</quote> to forward lookups to another NSS library. See "
 3990 "<quote>proxy_resolver_lib_name</quote>"
 3991 msgstr ""
 3992 
 3993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 3994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3178
 3995 msgid ""
 3996 "<quote>ldap</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in LDAP. See "
 3997 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ldap</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 3998 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring LDAP."
 3999 msgstr ""
 4000 
 4001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4002 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3185
 4003 msgid ""
 4004 "<quote>ad</quote> to fetch hosts and networks stored in AD. See "
 4005 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ad</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 4006 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> for more information on configuring the AD "
 4007 "provider."
 4008 msgstr ""
 4009 
 4010 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4011 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3193
 4012 msgid "<quote>none</quote> disallows fetching hosts and networks explicitly."
 4013 msgstr ""
 4014 
 4015 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4016 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3206
 4017 msgid ""
 4018 "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
 4019 "containing user name and domain into these components.  The \"domain\" can "
 4020 "match either the SSSD configuration domain name, or, in the case of IPA "
 4021 "trust subdomains and Active Directory domains, the flat (NetBIOS) name of "
 4022 "the domain."
 4023 msgstr ""
 4024 
 4025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3215
 4027 msgid ""
 4028 "Default for the AD and IPA provider: <quote>(((?P&lt;domain&gt;[^\\\\]+)\\"
 4029 "\\(?P&lt;name&gt;.+$))|((?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@(?P&lt;domain&gt;.+$))|(^(?"
 4030 "P&lt;name&gt;[^@\\\\]+)$))</quote> which allows three different styles for "
 4031 "user names:"
 4032 msgstr ""
 4033 
 4034 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4035 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3220
 4036 msgid "username"
 4037 msgstr "username"
 4038 
 4039 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4040 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3223
 4041 msgid "username@domain.name"
 4042 msgstr "username@domain.name"
 4043 
 4044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3226
 4046 msgid "domain\\username"
 4047 msgstr "domain\\username"
 4048 
 4049 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4050 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3229
 4051 msgid ""
 4052 "While the first two correspond to the general default the third one is "
 4053 "introduced to allow easy integration of users from Windows domains."
 4054 msgstr ""
 4055 
 4056 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4057 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3234
 4058 msgid ""
 4059 "Default: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> "
 4060 "which translates to \"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> "
 4061 "sign, the domain everything after that\""
 4062 msgstr ""
 4063 "初期値: <quote>(?P&lt;name&gt;[^@]+)@?(?P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]*$)</quote> で"
 4064 "す。\"the name is everything up to the <quote>@</quote> sign, the domain "
 4065 "everything after that\" に解釈されます。"
 4066 
 4067 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4068 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3240
 4069 msgid ""
 4070 "NOTE: Some Active Directory groups, typically those used for MS Exchange "
 4071 "contain an <quote>@</quote> sign in the name, which clashes with the default "
 4072 "re_expression value for the AD and IPA providers. To support these groups, "
 4073 "consider changing the re_expression value to: <quote>((?P&lt;name&gt;.+)@(?"
 4074 "P&lt;domain&gt;[^@]+$))</quote>."
 4075 msgstr ""
 4076 
 4077 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4078 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3291
 4079 msgid "Default: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 4080 msgstr "初期値: <quote>%1$s@%2$s</quote>."
 4081 
 4082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3297
 4084 msgid "lookup_family_order (string)"
 4085 msgstr "lookup_family_order (文字列)"
 4086 
 4087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3300
 4089 msgid ""
 4090 "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
 4091 "performing DNS lookups."
 4092 msgstr ""
 4093 "DNS 検索を実行するときに使用する、優先アドレスファミリーを選択する機能を提供"
 4094 "します。"
 4095 
 4096 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4097 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3304
 4098 msgid "Supported values:"
 4099 msgstr "サポートする値:"
 4100 
 4101 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4102 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3307
 4103 msgid "ipv4_first: Try looking up IPv4 address, if that fails, try IPv6"
 4104 msgstr ""
 4105 "ipv4_first: IPv4 アドレスの検索を試行します。失敗すると IPv6 を試行します。"
 4106 
 4107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4108 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3310
 4109 msgid "ipv4_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv4 addresses."
 4110 msgstr ""
 4111 "ipv4_only: ホスト名を IPv4 アドレスに名前解決することのみを試行します。"
 4112 
 4113 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4114 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3313
 4115 msgid "ipv6_first: Try looking up IPv6 address, if that fails, try IPv4"
 4116 msgstr ""
 4117 "ipv6_first: IPv6 アドレスの検索を試行します。失敗すると IPv4 を試行します。"
 4118 
 4119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3316
 4121 msgid "ipv6_only: Only attempt to resolve hostnames to IPv6 addresses."
 4122 msgstr ""
 4123 "ipv6_only: ホスト名を IPv6 アドレスに名前解決することのみを試行します。"
 4124 
 4125 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4126 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3319
 4127 msgid "Default: ipv4_first"
 4128 msgstr "初期値: ipv4_first"
 4129 
 4130 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4131 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3325
 4132 msgid "dns_resolver_timeout (integer)"
 4133 msgstr "dns_resolver_timeout (整数)"
 4134 
 4135 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4136 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3328
 4137 msgid ""
 4138 "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the "
 4139 "internal fail over service before assuming that the service is unreachable. "
 4140 "If this timeout is reached, the domain will continue to operate in offline "
 4141 "mode."
 4142 msgstr ""
 4143 
 4144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4145 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3335
 4146 msgid ""
 4147 "Please see the section <quote>FAILOVER</quote> for more information about "
 4148 "the service resolution."
 4149 msgstr ""
 4150 
 4151 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4152 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3346
 4153 msgid "dns_discovery_domain (string)"
 4154 msgstr "dns_discovery_domain (文字列)"
 4155 
 4156 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4157 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3349
 4158 msgid ""
 4159 "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
 4160 "the service discovery DNS query."
 4161 msgstr ""
 4162 "サービス検索がバックエンドで使用されていると、サービス検索 DNS クエリーのドメ"
 4163 "イン部分を指定します。"
 4164 
 4165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3353
 4167 msgid "Default: Use the domain part of machine's hostname"
 4168 msgstr "初期値: マシンのホスト名のドメイン部分を使用します"
 4169 
 4170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3359
 4172 msgid "override_gid (integer)"
 4173 msgstr "override_gid (整数)"
 4174 
 4175 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4176 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3362
 4177 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
 4178 msgstr "プライマリー GID の値を指定されたもので上書きします。"
 4179 
 4180 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4181 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3368
 4182 msgid "case_sensitive (string)"
 4183 msgstr ""
 4184 
 4185 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4186 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3379
 4187 msgid "True"
 4188 msgstr ""
 4189 
 4190 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4191 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3382
 4192 msgid "Case sensitive. This value is invalid for AD provider."
 4193 msgstr ""
 4194 
 4195 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4196 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3388
 4197 msgid "False"
 4198 msgstr ""
 4199 
 4200 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4201 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3390
 4202 msgid "Case insensitive."
 4203 msgstr ""
 4204 
 4205 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4206 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3394
 4207 msgid "Preserving"
 4208 msgstr ""
 4209 
 4210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4211 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3397
 4212 msgid ""
 4213 "Same as False (case insensitive), but does not lowercase names in the result "
 4214 "of NSS operations. Note that name aliases (and in case of services also "
 4215 "protocol names) are still lowercased in the output."
 4216 msgstr ""
 4217 
 4218 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4219 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3405
 4220 msgid ""
 4221 "If you want to set this value for trusted domain with IPA provider, you need "
 4222 "to set it on both the client and SSSD on the server."
 4223 msgstr ""
 4224 
 4225 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4226 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3371
 4227 msgid ""
 4228 "Treat user and group names as case sensitive.  <phrase condition="
 4229 "\"enable_local_provider\"> At the moment, this option is not supported in "
 4230 "the local provider.  </phrase> Possible option values are: <placeholder type="
 4231 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4232 msgstr ""
 4233 
 4234 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4235 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3415
 4236 msgid ""
 4237 "This option can be also set per subdomain or inherited via "
 4238 "<emphasis>subdomain_inherit</emphasis>."
 4239 msgstr ""
 4240 
 4241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3420
 4243 msgid "Default: True (False for AD provider)"
 4244 msgstr ""
 4245 
 4246 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4247 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3426
 4248 msgid "subdomain_inherit (string)"
 4249 msgstr ""
 4250 
 4251 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4252 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3429
 4253 msgid ""
 4254 "Specifies a list of configuration parameters that should be inherited by a "
 4255 "subdomain. Please note that only selected parameters can be inherited.  "
 4256 "Currently the following options can be inherited:"
 4257 msgstr ""
 4258 
 4259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4260 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3435
 4261 msgid "ignore_group_members"
 4262 msgstr ""
 4263 
 4264 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4265 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3438
 4266 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout"
 4267 msgstr ""
 4268 
 4269 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4270 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3441 sssd-ldap.5.xml:390
 4271 msgid "ldap_use_tokengroups"
 4272 msgstr ""
 4273 
 4274 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4275 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3444
 4276 msgid "ldap_user_principal"
 4277 msgstr ""
 4278 
 4279 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4280 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3447
 4281 msgid ""
 4282 "ldap_krb5_keytab (the value of krb5_keytab will be used if ldap_krb5_keytab "
 4283 "is not set explicitly)"
 4284 msgstr ""
 4285 
 4286 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4287 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3451
 4288 msgid "auto_private_groups"
 4289 msgstr ""
 4290 
 4291 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4292 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3454
 4293 msgid "case_sensitive"
 4294 msgstr ""
 4295 
 4296 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4297 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3459
 4298 #, no-wrap
 4299 msgid ""
 4300 "subdomain_inherit = ldap_purge_cache_timeout\n"
 4301 "                            "
 4302 msgstr ""
 4303 
 4304 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4305 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3466
 4306 msgid "Note: This option only works with the IPA and AD provider."
 4307 msgstr ""
 4308 
 4309 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4310 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3473
 4311 msgid "subdomain_homedir (string)"
 4312 msgstr "subdomain_homedir (文字列)"
 4313 
 4314 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4315 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3484
 4316 msgid "%F"
 4317 msgstr "%F"
 4318 
 4319 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4320 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3485
 4321 msgid "flat (NetBIOS) name of a subdomain."
 4322 msgstr "サブドメインのフラット (NetBIOS) 名。"
 4323 
 4324 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4325 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3476
 4326 msgid ""
 4327 "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain in "
 4328 "IPA AD trust.  See <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> for info about "
 4329 "possible values. In addition to those, the expansion below can only be used "
 4330 "with <emphasis>subdomain_homedir</emphasis>.  <placeholder type="
 4331 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4332 msgstr ""
 4333 
 4334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4335 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3490
 4336 msgid ""
 4337 "The value can be overridden by <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> option."
 4338 msgstr ""
 4339 "値は <emphasis>override_homedir</emphasis> オプションにより上書きできます。"
 4340 
 4341 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4342 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3494
 4343 msgid "Default: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4344 msgstr "初期値: <filename>/home/%d/%u</filename>"
 4345 
 4346 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4347 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3499
 4348 msgid "realmd_tags (string)"
 4349 msgstr "realmd_tags (文字列)"
 4350 
 4351 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4352 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3502
 4353 msgid ""
 4354 "Various tags stored by the realmd configuration service for this domain."
 4355 msgstr ""
 4356 
 4357 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4358 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3508
 4359 msgid "cached_auth_timeout (int)"
 4360 msgstr ""
 4361 
 4362 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4363 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3511
 4364 msgid ""
 4365 "Specifies time in seconds since last successful online authentication for "
 4366 "which user will be authenticated using cached credentials while SSSD is in "
 4367 "the online mode. If the credentials are incorrect, SSSD falls back to online "
 4368 "authentication."
 4369 msgstr ""
 4370 
 4371 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4372 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3519
 4373 msgid ""
 4374 "This option's value is inherited by all trusted domains. At the moment it is "
 4375 "not possible to set a different value per trusted domain."
 4376 msgstr ""
 4377 
 4378 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4379 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3524
 4380 msgid "Special value 0 implies that this feature is disabled."
 4381 msgstr ""
 4382 
 4383 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4384 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3528
 4385 msgid ""
 4386 "Please note that if <quote>cached_auth_timeout</quote> is longer than "
 4387 "<quote>pam_id_timeout</quote> then the back end could be called to handle "
 4388 "<quote>initgroups.</quote>"
 4389 msgstr ""
 4390 
 4391 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4392 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3539
 4393 msgid "auto_private_groups (string)"
 4394 msgstr ""
 4395 
 4396 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4397 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3545
 4398 msgid "true"
 4399 msgstr ""
 4400 
 4401 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4402 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3548
 4403 msgid ""
 4404 "Create user's private group unconditionally from user's UID number.  The GID "
 4405 "number is ignored in this case."
 4406 msgstr ""
 4407 
 4408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4409 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3552
 4410 msgid ""
 4411 "NOTE: Because the GID number and the user private group are inferred from "
 4412 "the UID number, it is not supported to have multiple entries with the same "
 4413 "UID or GID number with this option. In other words, enabling this option "
 4414 "enforces uniqueness across the ID space."
 4415 msgstr ""
 4416 
 4417 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4418 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3561
 4419 msgid "false"
 4420 msgstr ""
 4421 
 4422 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4423 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3564
 4424 msgid ""
 4425 "Always use the user's primary GID number. The GID number must refer to a "
 4426 "group object in the LDAP database."
 4427 msgstr ""
 4428 
 4429 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4430 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3570
 4431 msgid "hybrid"
 4432 msgstr ""
 4433 
 4434 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4435 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3573
 4436 msgid ""
 4437 "A primary group is autogenerated for user entries whose UID and GID numbers "
 4438 "have the same value and at the same time the GID number does not correspond "
 4439 "to a real group object in LDAP.  If the values are the same, but the primary "
 4440 "GID in the user entry is also used by a group object, the primary GID of the "
 4441 "user resolves to that group object."
 4442 msgstr ""
 4443 
 4444 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4445 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3586
 4446 msgid ""
 4447 "If the UID and GID of a user are different, then the GID must correspond to "
 4448 "a group entry, otherwise the GID is simply not resolvable."
 4449 msgstr ""
 4450 
 4451 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4452 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3593
 4453 msgid ""
 4454 "This feature is useful for environments that wish to stop maintaining a "
 4455 "separate group objects for the user private groups, but also wish to retain "
 4456 "the existing user private groups."
 4457 msgstr ""
 4458 
 4459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4460 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3542
 4461 msgid ""
 4462 "This option takes any of three available values: <placeholder type="
 4463 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4464 msgstr ""
 4465 
 4466 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4467 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3605
 4468 msgid ""
 4469 "For subdomains, the default value is False for subdomains that use assigned "
 4470 "POSIX IDs and True for subdomains that use automatic ID-mapping."
 4471 msgstr ""
 4472 
 4473 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4474 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3613
 4475 #, no-wrap
 4476 msgid ""
 4477 "[domain/forest.domain/sub.domain]\n"
 4478 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4479 msgstr ""
 4480 
 4481 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 4482 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3619
 4483 #, no-wrap
 4484 msgid ""
 4485 "[domain/forest.domain]\n"
 4486 "subdomain_inherit = auto_private_groups\n"
 4487 "auto_private_groups = false\n"
 4488 msgstr ""
 4489 
 4490 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4491 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3610
 4492 msgid ""
 4493 "The value of auto_private_groups can either be set per subdomains in a "
 4494 "subsection, for example: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> or "
 4495 "globally for all subdomains in the main domain section using the "
 4496 "subdomain_inherit option: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"1\"/>"
 4497 msgstr ""
 4498 
 4499 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4500 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:2233
 4501 msgid ""
 4502 "These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration "
 4503 "section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4504 "replaceable>]</quote> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4505 msgstr ""
 4506 "これらの設定オプションはドメイン設定のセクション、つまり <quote>[domain/"
 4507 "<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> に存在します <placeholder type="
 4508 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4509 
 4510 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4511 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3634
 4512 msgid "proxy_pam_target (string)"
 4513 msgstr "proxy_pam_target (文字列)"
 4514 
 4515 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4516 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3637
 4517 msgid "The proxy target PAM proxies to."
 4518 msgstr "中継するプロキシターゲット PAM です。"
 4519 
 4520 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4521 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3640
 4522 msgid ""
 4523 "Default: not set by default, you have to take an existing pam configuration "
 4524 "or create a new one and add the service name here."
 4525 msgstr ""
 4526 "初期値: 設定されません。既存の PAM 設定を使用するか、新しく作成してサービス名"
 4527 "をここに追加する必要があります。"
 4528 
 4529 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4530 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3648
 4531 msgid "proxy_lib_name (string)"
 4532 msgstr "proxy_lib_name (文字列)"
 4533 
 4534 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4535 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3651
 4536 msgid ""
 4537 "The name of the NSS library to use in proxy domains. The NSS functions "
 4538 "searched for in the library are in the form of _nss_$(libName)_$(function), "
 4539 "for example _nss_files_getpwent."
 4540 msgstr ""
 4541 "プロキシドメインにおいて使用する NSS ライブラリーの名前です。ライブラリーにお"
 4542 "いて検索する NSS 関数は _nss_$(libName)_$(function) の形式です。たとえば "
 4543 "_nss_files_getpwent です。"
 4544 
 4545 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4546 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3661
 4547 msgid "proxy_resolver_lib_name (string)"
 4548 msgstr ""
 4549 
 4550 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4551 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3664
 4552 msgid ""
 4553 "The name of the NSS library to use for hosts and networks lookups in proxy "
 4554 "domains. The NSS functions searched for in the library are in the form of "
 4555 "_nss_$(libName)_$(function), for example _nss_dns_gethostbyname2_r."
 4556 msgstr ""
 4557 
 4558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4559 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3675
 4560 msgid "proxy_fast_alias (boolean)"
 4561 msgstr "proxy_fast_alias (論理値)"
 4562 
 4563 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4564 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3678
 4565 msgid ""
 4566 "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
 4567 "lookup by ID is performed to \"canonicalize\" the name in case the requested "
 4568 "name was an alias. Setting this option to true would cause the SSSD to "
 4569 "perform the ID lookup from cache for performance reasons."
 4570 msgstr ""
 4571 
 4572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4573 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3692
 4574 msgid "proxy_max_children (integer)"
 4575 msgstr ""
 4576 
 4577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4578 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3695
 4579 msgid ""
 4580 "This option specifies the number of pre-forked proxy children. It is useful "
 4581 "for high-load SSSD environments where sssd may run out of available child "
 4582 "slots, which would cause some issues due to the requests being queued."
 4583 msgstr ""
 4584 
 4585 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4586 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3630
 4587 msgid ""
 4588 "Options valid for proxy domains.  <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id="
 4589 "\"0\"/>"
 4590 msgstr ""
 4591 "プロキシドメインに対して有効なオプションです。 <placeholder type="
 4592 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 4593 
 4594 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4595 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3711
 4596 msgid "Application domains"
 4597 msgstr ""
 4598 
 4599 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4600 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3713
 4601 msgid ""
 4602 "SSSD, with its D-Bus interface (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd-ifp</"
 4603 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>) is appealing to "
 4604 "applications as a gateway to an LDAP directory where users and groups are "
 4605 "stored. However, contrary to the traditional SSSD deployment where all users "
 4606 "and groups either have POSIX attributes or those attributes can be inferred "
 4607 "from the Windows SIDs, in many cases the users and groups in the application "
 4608 "support scenario have no POSIX attributes.  Instead of setting a "
 4609 "<quote>[domain/<replaceable>NAME</replaceable>]</quote> section, the "
 4610 "administrator can set up an <quote>[application/<replaceable>NAME</"
 4611 "replaceable>]</quote> section that internally represents a domain with type "
 4612 "<quote>application</quote> optionally inherits settings from a tradition "
 4613 "SSSD domain."
 4614 msgstr ""
 4615 
 4616 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4617 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3733
 4618 msgid ""
 4619 "Please note that the application domain must still be explicitly enabled in "
 4620 "the <quote>domains</quote> parameter so that the lookup order between the "
 4621 "application domain and its POSIX sibling domain is set correctly."
 4622 msgstr ""
 4623 
 4624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><title>
 4625 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3739
 4626 msgid "Application domain parameters"
 4627 msgstr ""
 4628 
 4629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4630 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3741
 4631 msgid "inherit_from (string)"
 4632 msgstr ""
 4633 
 4634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4635 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3744
 4636 msgid ""
 4637 "The SSSD POSIX-type domain the application domain inherits all settings "
 4638 "from. The application domain can moreover add its own settings to the "
 4639 "application settings that augment or override the <quote>sibling</quote> "
 4640 "domain settings."
 4641 msgstr ""
 4642 
 4643 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4644 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3758
 4645 msgid ""
 4646 "The following example illustrates the use of an application domain. In this "
 4647 "setup, the POSIX domain is connected to an LDAP server and is used by the OS "
 4648 "through the NSS responder. In addition, the application domain also requests "
 4649 "the telephoneNumber attribute, stores it as the phone attribute in the cache "
 4650 "and makes the phone attribute reachable through the D-Bus interface."
 4651 msgstr ""
 4652 
 4653 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
 4654 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3766
 4655 #, no-wrap
 4656 msgid ""
 4657 "[sssd]\n"
 4658 "domains = appdom, posixdom\n"
 4659 "\n"
 4660 "[ifp]\n"
 4661 "user_attributes = +phone\n"
 4662 "\n"
 4663 "[domain/posixdom]\n"
 4664 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 4665 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 4666 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 4667 "\n"
 4668 "[application/appdom]\n"
 4669 "inherit_from = posixdom\n"
 4670 "ldap_user_extra_attrs = phone:telephoneNumber\n"
 4671 msgstr ""
 4672 
 4673 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
 4674 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3784
 4675 msgid "The local domain section"
 4676 msgstr "ローカルドメインのセクション"
 4677 
 4678 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
 4679 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3786
 4680 msgid ""
 4681 "This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in "
 4682 "SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses "
 4683 "<replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable>."
 4684 msgstr ""
 4685 "このセクションは、ユーザーとグループを SSSD ネイティブデータベースに保存する"
 4686 "ドメイン、つまり、 <replaceable>id_provider=local</replaceable> を使用するド"
 4687 "メインに対する設定を含みます。"
 4688 
 4689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4690 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3793
 4691 msgid "default_shell (string)"
 4692 msgstr "default_shell (文字列)"
 4693 
 4694 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4695 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3796
 4696 msgid "The default shell for users created with SSSD userspace tools."
 4697 msgstr "SSSD ユーザー空間ツールを用いて作成されたユーザーの初期シェルです。"
 4698 
 4699 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4700 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3800
 4701 msgid "Default: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4702 msgstr "初期値: <filename>/bin/bash</filename>"
 4703 
 4704 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4705 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3805
 4706 msgid "base_directory (string)"
 4707 msgstr "base_directory (文字列)"
 4708 
 4709 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4710 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3808
 4711 msgid ""
 4712 "The tools append the login name to <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> "
 4713 "and use that as the home directory."
 4714 msgstr ""
 4715 "ツールがログイン名を <replaceable>base_directory</replaceable> に追加して、"
 4716 "ホームディレクトリーとして使用します。"
 4717 
 4718 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4719 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3813
 4720 msgid "Default: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4721 msgstr "初期値: <filename>/home</filename>"
 4722 
 4723 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4724 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3818
 4725 msgid "create_homedir (bool)"
 4726 msgstr "create_homedir (論理値)"
 4727 
 4728 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4729 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3821
 4730 msgid ""
 4731 "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users.  "
 4732 "Can be overridden on command line."
 4733 msgstr ""
 4734 "初期状態で新規ユーザーに対するホームディレクトリーが作成されるかを指示しま"
 4735 "す。コマンドラインにおいて上書きできます。"
 4736 
 4737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4738 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3825 sssd.conf.5.xml:3837
 4739 msgid "Default: TRUE"
 4740 msgstr "初期値: TRUE"
 4741 
 4742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4743 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3830
 4744 msgid "remove_homedir (bool)"
 4745 msgstr "remove_homedir (論理値)"
 4746 
 4747 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4748 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3833
 4749 msgid ""
 4750 "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted "
 4751 "users.  Can be overridden on command line."
 4752 msgstr ""
 4753 "初期状態で新規ユーザーに対するホームディレクトリーが削除されるかを指示しま"
 4754 "す。コマンドラインにおいて上書きできます。"
 4755 
 4756 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4757 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3842
 4758 msgid "homedir_umask (integer)"
 4759 msgstr "homedir_umask (整数)"
 4760 
 4761 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4762 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3845
 4763 msgid ""
 4764 "Used by <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> "
 4765 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> to specify the default permissions "
 4766 "on a newly created home directory."
 4767 msgstr ""
 4768 "新規に作成されるホームディレクトリーにパーミッションの初期値を指定するために "
 4769 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4770 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> により使用されます。"
 4771 
 4772 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4773 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3853
 4774 msgid "Default: 077"
 4775 msgstr "初期値: 077"
 4776 
 4777 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4778 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3858
 4779 msgid "skel_dir (string)"
 4780 msgstr "skel_dir (文字列)"
 4781 
 4782 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4783 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3861
 4784 msgid ""
 4785 "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
 4786 "the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
 4787 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</"
 4788 "manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
 4789 msgstr ""
 4790 "ホームディレクトリーが <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_useradd</"
 4791 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> により作成されると"
 4792 "き、ユーザーのホームディレクトリーにコピーされるファイルおよびディレクトリー"
 4793 "を含む、スケルトンディレクトリーです。"
 4794 
 4795 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4796 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3871
 4797 msgid "Default: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4798 msgstr "初期値: <filename>/etc/skel</filename>"
 4799 
 4800 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4801 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3876
 4802 msgid "mail_dir (string)"
 4803 msgstr "mail_dir (文字列)"
 4804 
 4805 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4806 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3879
 4807 msgid ""
 4808 "The mail spool directory. This is needed to manipulate the mailbox when its "
 4809 "corresponding user account is modified or deleted.  If not specified, a "
 4810 "default value is used."
 4811 msgstr ""
 4812 "メールスプールディレクトリーです。これに対応するユーザーアカウントが変更また"
 4813 "は削除されたとき、これを操作する必要があります。指定されていなければ、初期値"
 4814 "が使用されます。"
 4815 
 4816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4817 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3886
 4818 msgid "Default: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4819 msgstr "初期値: <filename>/var/mail</filename>"
 4820 
 4821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4822 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3891
 4823 msgid "userdel_cmd (string)"
 4824 msgstr "userdel_cmd (文字列)"
 4825 
 4826 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4827 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3894
 4828 msgid ""
 4829 "The command that is run after a user is removed.  The command us passed the "
 4830 "username of the user being removed as the first and only parameter. The "
 4831 "return code of the command is not taken into account."
 4832 msgstr ""
 4833 "ユーザーの削除後に実行されるコマンドです。コマンドは最初の唯一のパラメーター"
 4834 "として削除されるユーザーのユーザー名を渡します。コマンドの返り値は考慮されま"
 4835 "せん。"
 4836 
 4837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4838 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3900
 4839 msgid "Default: None, no command is run"
 4840 msgstr "初期値: なし、コマンドを実行しません"
 4841 
 4842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4843 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3910
 4844 msgid "TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION"
 4845 msgstr ""
 4846 
 4847 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4848 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3912
 4849 msgid ""
 4850 "Some options used in the domain section can also be used in the trusted "
 4851 "domain section, that is, in a section called <quote>[domain/"
 4852 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>TRUSTED_DOMAIN_NAME</"
 4853 "replaceable>]</quote>.  Where DOMAIN_NAME is the actual joined-to base "
 4854 "domain. Please refer to examples below for explanation.  Currently supported "
 4855 "options in the trusted domain section are:"
 4856 msgstr ""
 4857 
 4858 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4859 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3919
 4860 msgid "ldap_search_base,"
 4861 msgstr ""
 4862 
 4863 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4864 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3920
 4865 msgid "ldap_user_search_base,"
 4866 msgstr ""
 4867 
 4868 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4869 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3921
 4870 msgid "ldap_group_search_base,"
 4871 msgstr ""
 4872 
 4873 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4874 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3922
 4875 msgid "ldap_netgroup_search_base,"
 4876 msgstr ""
 4877 
 4878 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4879 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3923
 4880 msgid "ldap_service_search_base,"
 4881 msgstr ""
 4882 
 4883 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4884 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3924
 4885 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech,"
 4886 msgstr ""
 4887 
 4888 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4889 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3925
 4890 msgid "ad_server,"
 4891 msgstr ""
 4892 
 4893 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4894 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3926
 4895 msgid "ad_backup_server,"
 4896 msgstr ""
 4897 
 4898 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4899 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3927
 4900 msgid "ad_site,"
 4901 msgstr ""
 4902 
 4903 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4904 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3928 sssd-ipa.5.xml:811
 4905 msgid "use_fully_qualified_names"
 4906 msgstr ""
 4907 
 4908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4909 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3932
 4910 msgid ""
 4911 "For more details about these options see their individual description in the "
 4912 "manual page."
 4913 msgstr ""
 4914 
 4915 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 4916 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3938
 4917 msgid "CERTIFICATE MAPPING SECTION"
 4918 msgstr ""
 4919 
 4920 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4921 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3940
 4922 msgid ""
 4923 "To allow authentication with Smartcards and certificates SSSD must be able "
 4924 "to map certificates to users. This can be done by adding the full "
 4925 "certificate to the LDAP object of the user or to a local override. While "
 4926 "using the full certificate is required to use the Smartcard authentication "
 4927 "feature of SSH (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_ssh_authorizedkeys</"
 4928 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details) it "
 4929 "might be cumbersome or not even possible to do this for the general case "
 4930 "where local services use PAM for authentication."
 4931 msgstr ""
 4932 
 4933 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4934 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3954
 4935 msgid ""
 4936 "To make the mapping more flexible mapping and matching rules were added to "
 4937 "SSSD (see <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss-certmap</refentrytitle> "
 4938 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> for details)."
 4939 msgstr ""
 4940 
 4941 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 4942 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3963
 4943 msgid ""
 4944 "A mapping and matching rule can be added to the SSSD configuration in a "
 4945 "section on its own with a name like <quote>[certmap/"
 4946 "<replaceable>DOMAIN_NAME</replaceable>/<replaceable>RULE_NAME</"
 4947 "replaceable>]</quote>.  In this section the following options are allowed:"
 4948 msgstr ""
 4949 
 4950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4951 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3970
 4952 msgid "matchrule (string)"
 4953 msgstr ""
 4954 
 4955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4956 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3973
 4957 msgid ""
 4958 "Only certificates from the Smartcard which matches this rule will be "
 4959 "processed, all others are ignored."
 4960 msgstr ""
 4961 
 4962 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4963 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3977
 4964 msgid ""
 4965 "Default: KRB5:&lt;EKU&gt;clientAuth, i.e. only certificates which have the "
 4966 "Extended Key Usage <quote>clientAuth</quote>"
 4967 msgstr ""
 4968 
 4969 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4970 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3984
 4971 msgid "maprule (string)"
 4972 msgstr ""
 4973 
 4974 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4975 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3987
 4976 msgid "Defines how the user is found for a given certificate."
 4977 msgstr ""
 4978 
 4979 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4980 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3993
 4981 msgid ""
 4982 "LDAP:(userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})  for LDAP based providers like "
 4983 "<quote>ldap</quote>, <quote>AD</quote> or <quote>ipa</quote>."
 4984 msgstr ""
 4985 
 4986 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 4987 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:3999
 4988 msgid ""
 4989 "The RULE_NAME for the <quote>files</quote> provider which tries to find a "
 4990 "user with the same name."
 4991 msgstr ""
 4992 
 4993 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 4994 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4008
 4995 msgid "domains (string)"
 4996 msgstr ""
 4997 
 4998 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 4999 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4011
 5000 msgid ""
 5001 "Comma separated list of domain names the rule should be applied. By default "
 5002 "a rule is only valid in the domain configured in sssd.conf. If the provider "
 5003 "supports subdomains this option can be used to add the rule to subdomains as "
 5004 "well."
 5005 msgstr ""
 5006 
 5007 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5008 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4018
 5009 msgid "Default: the configured domain in sssd.conf"
 5010 msgstr ""
 5011 
 5012 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5013 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4023
 5014 msgid "priority (integer)"
 5015 msgstr ""
 5016 
 5017 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5018 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4026
 5019 msgid ""
 5020 "Unsigned integer value defining the priority of the rule. The higher the "
 5021 "number the lower the priority.  <quote>0</quote> stands for the highest "
 5022 "priority while <quote>4294967295</quote> is the lowest."
 5023 msgstr ""
 5024 
 5025 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5026 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4032
 5027 msgid "Default: the lowest priority"
 5028 msgstr ""
 5029 
 5030 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5031 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4038
 5032 msgid ""
 5033 "To make the configuration simple and reduce the amount of configuration "
 5034 "options the <quote>files</quote> provider has some special properties:"
 5035 msgstr ""
 5036 
 5037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5038 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4044
 5039 msgid ""
 5040 "if maprule is not set the RULE_NAME name is assumed to be the name of the "
 5041 "matching user"
 5042 msgstr ""
 5043 
 5044 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5045 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4050
 5046 msgid ""
 5047 "if a maprule is used both a single user name or a template like "
 5048 "<quote>{subject_rfc822_name.short_name}</quote> must be in braces like e.g. "
 5049 "<quote>(username)</quote> or <quote>({subject_rfc822_name.short_name})</"
 5050 "quote>"
 5051 msgstr ""
 5052 
 5053 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5054 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4059
 5055 msgid "the <quote>domains</quote> option is ignored"
 5056 msgstr ""
 5057 
 5058 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5059 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4067
 5060 msgid "PROMPTING CONFIGURATION SECTION"
 5061 msgstr ""
 5062 
 5063 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5064 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4069
 5065 msgid ""
 5066 "If a special file (<filename>/var/lib/sss/pubconf/pam_preauth_available</"
 5067 "filename>)  exists SSSD's PAM module pam_sss will ask SSSD to figure out "
 5068 "which authentication methods are available for the user trying to log in.  "
 5069 "Based on the results pam_sss will prompt the user for appropriate "
 5070 "credentials."
 5071 msgstr ""
 5072 
 5073 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5074 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4077
 5075 msgid ""
 5076 "With the growing number of authentication methods and the possibility that "
 5077 "there are multiple ones for a single user the heuristic used by pam_sss to "
 5078 "select the prompting might not be suitable for all use cases. The following "
 5079 "options should provide a better flexibility here."
 5080 msgstr ""
 5081 
 5082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5083 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4089
 5084 msgid "[prompting/password]"
 5085 msgstr ""
 5086 
 5087 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5088 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4092
 5089 msgid "password_prompt"
 5090 msgstr ""
 5091 
 5092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5093 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4093
 5094 msgid "to change the string of the password prompt"
 5095 msgstr ""
 5096 
 5097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5098 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4091
 5099 msgid ""
 5100 "to configure password prompting, allowed options are: <placeholder type="
 5101 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5102 msgstr ""
 5103 
 5104 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5105 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4101
 5106 msgid "[prompting/2fa]"
 5107 msgstr ""
 5108 
 5109 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5110 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4105
 5111 msgid "first_prompt"
 5112 msgstr ""
 5113 
 5114 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5115 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4106
 5116 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the first factor"
 5117 msgstr ""
 5118 
 5119 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5120 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4109
 5121 msgid "second_prompt"
 5122 msgstr ""
 5123 
 5124 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5125 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4110
 5126 msgid "to change the string of the prompt for the second factor"
 5127 msgstr ""
 5128 
 5129 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5130 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4113
 5131 msgid "single_prompt"
 5132 msgstr ""
 5133 
 5134 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5135 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4114
 5136 msgid ""
 5137 "boolean value, if True there will be only a single prompt using the value of "
 5138 "first_prompt where it is expected that both factors are entered as a single "
 5139 "string"
 5140 msgstr ""
 5141 
 5142 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5143 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4103
 5144 msgid ""
 5145 "to configure two-factor authentication prompting, allowed options are: "
 5146 "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5147 msgstr ""
 5148 
 5149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5150 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4084
 5151 msgid ""
 5152 "Each supported authentication method has its own configuration subsection "
 5153 "under <quote>[prompting/...]</quote>. Currently there are: <placeholder type="
 5154 "\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"1\"/>"
 5155 msgstr ""
 5156 
 5157 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5158 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4126
 5159 msgid ""
 5160 "It is possible to add a subsection for specific PAM services, e.g. "
 5161 "<quote>[prompting/password/sshd]</quote> to individual change the prompting "
 5162 "for this service."
 5163 msgstr ""
 5164 
 5165 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5166 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4133 pam_sss_gss.8.xml:157 idmap_sss.8.xml:43
 5167 msgid "EXAMPLES"
 5168 msgstr ""
 5169 
 5170 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5171 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4139
 5172 #, no-wrap
 5173 msgid ""
 5174 "[sssd]\n"
 5175 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5176 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5177 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5178 "\n"
 5179 "[nss]\n"
 5180 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5181 "filter_users = root\n"
 5182 "\n"
 5183 "[pam]\n"
 5184 "\n"
 5185 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5186 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5187 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5188 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5189 "\n"
 5190 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5191 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5192 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5193 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5194 "\n"
 5195 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5196 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5197 "enumerate = False\n"
 5198 msgstr ""
 5199 "[sssd]\n"
 5200 "domains = LDAP\n"
 5201 "services = nss, pam\n"
 5202 "config_file_version = 2\n"
 5203 "\n"
 5204 "[nss]\n"
 5205 "filter_groups = root\n"
 5206 "filter_users = root\n"
 5207 "\n"
 5208 "[pam]\n"
 5209 "\n"
 5210 "[domain/LDAP]\n"
 5211 "id_provider = ldap\n"
 5212 "ldap_uri = ldap://ldap.example.com\n"
 5213 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com\n"
 5214 "\n"
 5215 "auth_provider = krb5\n"
 5216 "krb5_server = kerberos.example.com\n"
 5217 "krb5_realm = EXAMPLE.COM\n"
 5218 "cache_credentials = true\n"
 5219 "\n"
 5220 "min_id = 10000\n"
 5221 "max_id = 20000\n"
 5222 "enumerate = False\n"
 5223 
 5224 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5225 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4135
 5226 msgid ""
 5227 "1. The following example shows a typical SSSD config. It does not describe "
 5228 "configuration of the domains themselves - refer to documentation on "
 5229 "configuring domains for more details.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
 5230 "id=\"0\"/>"
 5231 msgstr ""
 5232 
 5233 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5234 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4172
 5235 #, no-wrap
 5236 msgid ""
 5237 "[domain/ipa.com/child.ad.com]\n"
 5238 "use_fully_qualified_names = false\n"
 5239 msgstr ""
 5240 
 5241 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5242 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4166
 5243 msgid ""
 5244 "2. The following example shows configuration of IPA AD trust where the AD "
 5245 "forest consists of two domains in a parent-child structure.  Suppose IPA "
 5246 "domain (ipa.com) has trust with AD domain(ad.com).  ad.com has child domain "
 5247 "(child.ad.com). To enable shortnames in the child domain the following "
 5248 "configuration should be used.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/"
 5249 ">"
 5250 msgstr ""
 5251 
 5252 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
 5253 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4186
 5254 #, no-wrap
 5255 msgid ""
 5256 "[certmap/my.domain/rule_name]\n"
 5257 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5258 "maprule = (userCertificate;binary={cert!bin})\n"
 5259 "domains = my.domain, your.domain\n"
 5260 "priority = 10\n"
 5261 "\n"
 5262 "[certmap/files/myname]\n"
 5263 "matchrule = &lt;ISSUER&gt;^CN=My-CA,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$&lt;SUBJECT&gt;^CN=User.Name,DC=MY,DC=DOMAIN$\n"
 5264 msgstr ""
 5265 
 5266 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5267 #: sssd.conf.5.xml:4177
 5268 msgid ""
 5269 "3. The following example shows the configuration for two certificate mapping "
 5270 "rules. The first is valid for the configured domain <quote>my.domain</quote> "
 5271 "and additionally for the subdomains <quote>your.domain</quote> and uses the "
 5272 "full certificate in the search filter. The second example is valid for the "
 5273 "domain <quote>files</quote> where it is assumed the files provider is used "
 5274 "for this domain and contains a matching rule for the local user "
 5275 "<quote>myname</quote>.  <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
 5276 msgstr ""
 5277 
 5278 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refname>
 5279 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:10 sssd-ldap.5.xml:16
 5280 msgid "sssd-ldap"
 5281 msgstr "sssd-ldap"
 5282 
 5283 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
 5284 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:17
 5285 msgid "SSSD LDAP provider"
 5286 msgstr ""
 5287 
 5288 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5289 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:23
 5290 msgid ""
 5291 "This manual page describes the configuration of LDAP domains for "
 5292 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> "
 5293 "</citerefentry>.  Refer to the <quote>FILE FORMAT</quote> section of the "
 5294 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 5295 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for detailed syntax information."
 5296 msgstr ""
 5297 "このマニュアルページは <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd</refentrytitle> "
 5298 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> 向けの LDAP ドメインの設定を説明して"
 5299 "います。詳細な構文については <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sssd.conf</"
 5300 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> マニュアルページの "
 5301 "<quote>ファイル形式</quote> セクションを参照してください。"
 5302 
 5303 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5304 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:35
 5305 msgid "You can configure SSSD to use more than one LDAP domain."
 5306 msgstr "SSSD が複数の LDAP ドメインを使用するよう設定できます。"
 5307 
 5308 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para>
 5309 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:38
 5310 msgid ""
 5311 "LDAP back end supports id, auth, access and chpass providers. If you want to "
 5312 "authenticate against an LDAP server either TLS/SSL or LDAPS is required. "
 5313 "<command>sssd</command> <emphasis>does not</emphasis> support authentication "
 5314 "over an unencrypted channel.  If the LDAP server is used only as an identity "
 5315 "provider, an encrypted channel is not needed. Please refer to "
 5316 "<quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> config option for more information about "
 5317 "using LDAP as an access provider."
 5318 msgstr ""
 5319 "LDAP バックエンドは id, auth, access および chpass プロバイダーをサポートしま"
 5320 "す。 LDAP サーバーに対して認証したければ、 TLS/SSL または LDAPS のどちらかが"
 5321 "必要になります。 <command>sssd</command> は暗号化されないチャネルにおける認証"
 5322 "はサポート<emphasis>されません</emphasis>。 LDAP サーバーが識別プロバイダーと"
 5323 "してのみ使用されるならば、暗号化チャネルは必要ありません。アクセスプロバイ"
 5324 "ダーとして LDAP を使用することの詳細は <quote>ldap_access_filter</quote> 設定"
 5325 "オプションを参照してください。"
 5326 
 5327 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><title>
 5328 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:49 sssd-simple.5.xml:69 sssd-ipa.5.xml:81 sssd-ad.5.xml:115
 5329 #: sssd-krb5.5.xml:63 sssd-ifp.5.xml:44 sssd-files.5.xml:78
 5330 #: sssd-secrets.5.xml:120 sssd-session-recording.5.xml:58 sssd-kcm.8.xml:166
 5331 msgid "CONFIGURATION OPTIONS"
 5332 msgstr "設定オプション"
 5333 
 5334 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5335 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:66
 5336 msgid "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (string)"
 5337 msgstr "ldap_uri, ldap_backup_uri (文字列)"
 5338 
 5339 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5340 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:69
 5341 msgid ""
 5342 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5343 "should connect in the order of preference. Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</"
 5344 "quote> section for more information on failover and server redundancy.  If "
 5345 "neither option is specified, service discovery is enabled. For more "
 5346 "information, refer to the <quote>SERVICE DISCOVERY</quote> section."
 5347 msgstr ""
 5348 
 5349 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5350 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:76 sssd-secrets.5.xml:264
 5351 msgid "The format of the URI must match the format defined in RFC 2732:"
 5352 msgstr "URI の形式は RFC 2732 に決められている形式と一致しなければいけません:"
 5353 
 5354 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5355 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:79
 5356 msgid "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5357 msgstr "ldap[s]://&lt;host&gt;[:port]"
 5358 
 5359 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5360 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:82
 5361 msgid ""
 5362 "For explicit IPv6 addresses, &lt;host&gt; must be enclosed in brackets []"
 5363 msgstr ""
 5364 "IPv6 アドレスを明示するために、&lt;host&gt; を角括弧 [] でくくる必要がありま"
 5365 "す。"
 5366 
 5367 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5368 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:85
 5369 msgid "example: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5370 msgstr "例: ldap://[fc00::126:25]:389"
 5371 
 5372 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5373 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:91
 5374 msgid "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (string)"
 5375 msgstr "ldap_chpass_uri, ldap_chpass_backup_uri (文字列)"
 5376 
 5377 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5378 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:94
 5379 msgid ""
 5380 "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
 5381 "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user. "
 5382 "Refer to the <quote>FAILOVER</quote> section for more information on "
 5383 "failover and server redundancy."
 5384 msgstr ""
 5385 
 5386 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5387 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:101
 5388 msgid "To enable service discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name must be set."
 5389 msgstr ""
 5390 "サービス discovery ldap_chpass_dns_service_name を有効にするには、設定する必"
 5391 "要があります。"
 5392 
 5393 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5394 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:105
 5395 msgid "Default: empty, i.e. ldap_uri is used."
 5396 msgstr "初期値: 空、つまり ldap_uri が使用されます。"
 5397 
 5398 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5399 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:111
 5400 msgid "ldap_search_base (string)"
 5401 msgstr "ldap_search_base (文字列)"
 5402 
 5403 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5404 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:114
 5405 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
 5406 msgstr "LDAP ユーザー操作を実行するために使用される初期ベース DN です。"
 5407 
 5408 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5409 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:118
 5410 msgid ""
 5411 "Starting with SSSD 1.7.0, SSSD supports multiple search bases using the "
 5412 "syntax:"
 5413 msgstr ""
 5414 "SSSD 1.7.0 以降、SSSD は次の構文を使用して複数の検索ベースをサポートします:"
 5415 
 5416 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5417 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:122
 5418 msgid "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5419 msgstr "search_base[?scope?[filter][?search_base?scope?[filter]]*]"
 5420 
 5421 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5422 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:125
 5423 msgid "The scope can be one of \"base\", \"onelevel\" or \"subtree\"."
 5424 msgstr "範囲は \"base\", \"onelevel\" または \"subtree\" のどれかです。"
 5425 
 5426 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5427 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:128 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:18
 5428 msgid ""
 5429 "The filter must be a valid LDAP search filter as specified by http://www."
 5430 "ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt"
 5431 msgstr ""
 5432 "フィルターは http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2254.txt により指定されたような有効"
 5433 "な LDAP 検索フィルターである必要があります。"
 5434 
 5435 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5436 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:132 sssd-ad.5.xml:288 sss_override.8.xml:143
 5437 #: sss_override.8.xml:240 sssd-ldap-attributes.5.xml:453
 5438 msgid "Examples:"
 5439 msgstr "例:"
 5440 
 5441 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5442 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:135
 5443 msgid ""
 5444 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5445 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5446 msgstr ""
 5447 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com (which is equivalent to)  "
 5448 "ldap_search_base = dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5449 
 5450 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5451 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:140
 5452 msgid ""
 5453 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5454 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5455 msgstr ""
 5456 "ldap_search_base = cn=host_specific,dc=example,dc=com?subtree?"
 5457 "(host=thishost)?dc=example.com?subtree?"
 5458 
 5459 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5460 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:143
 5461 msgid ""
 5462 "Note: It is unsupported to have multiple search bases which reference "
 5463 "identically-named objects (for example, groups with the same name in two "
 5464 "different search bases). This will lead to unpredictable behavior on client "
 5465 "machines."
 5466 msgstr ""
 5467 
 5468 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5469 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:150
 5470 msgid ""
 5471 "Default: If not set, the value of the defaultNamingContext or namingContexts "
 5472 "attribute from the RootDSE of the LDAP server is used. If "
 5473 "defaultNamingContext does not exist or has an empty value namingContexts is "
 5474 "used.  The namingContexts attribute must have a single value with the DN of "
 5475 "the search base of the LDAP server to make this work. Multiple values are "
 5476 "are not supported."
 5477 msgstr ""
 5478 
 5479 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5480 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:164
 5481 msgid "ldap_schema (string)"
 5482 msgstr "ldap_schema (文字列)"
 5483 
 5484 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5485 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:167
 5486 msgid ""
 5487 "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server.  Depending on "
 5488 "the selected schema, the default attribute names retrieved from the servers "
 5489 "may vary.  The way that some attributes are handled may also differ."
 5490 msgstr ""
 5491 
 5492 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5493 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:174
 5494 msgid "Four schema types are currently supported:"
 5495 msgstr ""
 5496 
 5497 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5498 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:178
 5499 msgid "rfc2307"
 5500 msgstr "rfc2307"
 5501 
 5502 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5503 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:183
 5504 msgid "rfc2307bis"
 5505 msgstr "rfc2307bis"
 5506 
 5507 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5508 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:188
 5509 msgid "IPA"
 5510 msgstr "IPA"
 5511 
 5512 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5513 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:193
 5514 msgid "AD"
 5515 msgstr "AD"
 5516 
 5517 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5518 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:199
 5519 msgid ""
 5520 "The main difference between these schema types is how group memberships are "
 5521 "recorded in the server.  With rfc2307, group members are listed by name in "
 5522 "the <emphasis>memberUid</emphasis> attribute.  With rfc2307bis and IPA, "
 5523 "group members are listed by DN and stored in the <emphasis>member</emphasis> "
 5524 "attribute.  The AD schema type sets the attributes to correspond with Active "
 5525 "Directory 2008r2 values."
 5526 msgstr ""
 5527 
 5528 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5529 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:209
 5530 msgid "Default: rfc2307"
 5531 msgstr "初期値: rfc2307"
 5532 
 5533 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5534 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:215
 5535 msgid "ldap_pwmodify_mode (string)"
 5536 msgstr ""
 5537 
 5538 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5539 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:218
 5540 msgid "Specify the operation that is used to modify user password."
 5541 msgstr ""
 5542 
 5543 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5544 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:222
 5545 msgid "Two modes are currently supported:"
 5546 msgstr ""
 5547 
 5548 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5549 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:226
 5550 msgid "exop - Password Modify Extended Operation (RFC 3062)"
 5551 msgstr ""
 5552 
 5553 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
 5554 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:232
 5555 msgid "ldap_modify - Direct modification of userPassword (not recommended)."
 5556 msgstr ""
 5557 
 5558 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5559 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:239
 5560 msgid ""
 5561 "Note: First, a new connection is established to verify current password by "
 5562 "binding as the user that requested password change. If successful, this "
 5563 "connection is used to change the password therefore the user must have write "
 5564 "access to userPassword attribute."
 5565 msgstr ""
 5566 
 5567 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5568 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:247
 5569 msgid "Default: exop"
 5570 msgstr ""
 5571 
 5572 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5573 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:253
 5574 msgid "ldap_default_bind_dn (string)"
 5575 msgstr "ldap_default_bind_dn (文字列)"
 5576 
 5577 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5578 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:256
 5579 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
 5580 msgstr "LDAP ユーザー操作を実行するために使用される初期バインド DN です。"
 5581 
 5582 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5583 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:263
 5584 msgid "ldap_default_authtok_type (string)"
 5585 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok_type (文字列)"
 5586 
 5587 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5588 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:266
 5589 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5590 msgstr "初期バインド DN の認証トークンの形式です。"
 5591 
 5592 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5593 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:270
 5594 msgid "The two mechanisms currently supported are:"
 5595 msgstr "現在 2 つのメカニズムがサポートされます:"
 5596 
 5597 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5598 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:273
 5599 msgid "password"
 5600 msgstr "password"
 5601 
 5602 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5603 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:276
 5604 msgid "obfuscated_password"
 5605 msgstr "obfuscated_password"
 5606 
 5607 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5608 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:279
 5609 msgid "Default: password"
 5610 msgstr "初期値: password"
 5611 
 5612 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5613 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:282
 5614 msgid ""
 5615 "See the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>sss_obfuscate</refentrytitle> "
 5616 "<manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </citerefentry> manual page for more information."
 5617 msgstr ""
 5618 
 5619 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5620 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:293
 5621 msgid "ldap_default_authtok (string)"
 5622 msgstr "ldap_default_authtok (文字列)"
 5623 
 5624 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5625 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:296
 5626 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
 5627 msgstr ""
 5628 
 5629 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5630 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:302
 5631 msgid "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (boolean)"
 5632 msgstr "ldap_force_upper_case_realm (論理値)"
 5633 
 5634 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5635 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:305
 5636 msgid ""
 5637 "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
 5638 "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
 5639 "fail. Set this option to a non-zero value if you want to use an upper-case "
 5640 "realm."
 5641 msgstr ""
 5642 "いくつかのディレクトリーサーバー、たとえば Active Directory、は小文字のレルム"
 5643 "を転送しません。それにより、認証が失敗します。もし大文字のレルムを使用したい"
 5644 "場合、このオプションを 0 以外に設定します。"
 5645 
 5646 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5647 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:318
 5648 msgid "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (integer)"
 5649 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_refresh_timeout (整数)"
 5650 
 5651 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5652 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:321
 5653 msgid ""
 5654 "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
 5655 "enumerated records."
 5656 msgstr ""
 5657 "SSSD が列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新する前に待つ必要がある秒数を指定します。"
 5658 
 5659 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5660 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:332
 5661 msgid "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (integer)"
 5662 msgstr "ldap_purge_cache_timeout (整数)"
 5663 
 5664 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5665 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:335
 5666 msgid ""
 5667 "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
 5668 "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
 5669 "space."
 5670 msgstr ""
 5671 "使用していないエントリー(メンバーのいないグループやログインしたことがない"
 5672 "ユーザーなど)に対してキャッシュを確認して、保存領域を節約するためにそれらを"
 5673 "削除する間隔を決めます。"
 5674 
 5675 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5676 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:341
 5677 msgid ""
 5678 "Setting this option to zero will disable the cache cleanup operation. Please "
 5679 "note that if enumeration is enabled, the cleanup task is required in order "
 5680 "to detect entries removed from the server and can't be disabled. By default, "
 5681 "the cleanup task will run every 3 hours with enumeration enabled."
 5682 msgstr ""
 5683 
 5684 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5685 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:356
 5686 msgid "ldap_group_nesting_level (integer)"
 5687 msgstr "ldap_group_nesting_level (整数)"
 5688 
 5689 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5690 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:359
 5691 msgid ""
 5692 "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
 5693 "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
 5694 "follow. This option has no effect on the RFC2307 schema."
 5695 msgstr ""
 5696 "ldap_schema が入れ子グループ (例: RFC2307bis) をサポートするスキーマ形式に設"
 5697 "定されていると、このオプションが入れ子 SSSD がしたがうレベルを制御します。こ"
 5698 "のオプションは RFC2307 スキーマにおいて効果がありません。"
 5699 
 5700 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5701 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:366
 5702 msgid ""
 5703 "Note: This option specifies the guaranteed level of nested groups to be "
 5704 "processed for any lookup. However, nested groups beyond this limit "
 5705 "<emphasis>may be</emphasis> returned if previous lookups already resolved "
 5706 "the deeper nesting levels.  Also, subsequent lookups for other groups may "
 5707 "enlarge the result set for original lookup if re-queried."
 5708 msgstr ""
 5709 
 5710 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5711 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:375
 5712 msgid ""
 5713 "If ldap_group_nesting_level is set to 0 then no nested groups are processed "
 5714 "at all. However, when connected to Active-Directory Server 2008 and later "
 5715 "using <quote>id_provider=ad</quote> it is furthermore required to disable "
 5716 "usage of Token-Groups by setting ldap_use_tokengroups to false in order to "
 5717 "restrict group nesting."
 5718 msgstr ""
 5719 
 5720 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5721 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:384
 5722 msgid "Default: 2"
 5723 msgstr "初期値: 2"
 5724 
 5725 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5726 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:393
 5727 msgid ""
 5728 "This options enables or disables use of Token-Groups attribute when "
 5729 "performing initgroup for users from Active Directory Server 2008 and later."
 5730 msgstr ""
 5731 
 5732 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5733 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:398
 5734 msgid "Default: True for AD and IPA otherwise False."
 5735 msgstr ""
 5736 
 5737 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5738 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:404
 5739 msgid "ldap_host_search_base (string)"
 5740 msgstr ""
 5741 
 5742 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5743 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:407
 5744 msgid "Optional. Use the given string as search base for host objects."
 5745 msgstr ""
 5746 "オプションです。ホストオブジェクトの検索ベースとして与えられた文字列を使用し"
 5747 "ます。"
 5748 
 5749 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5750 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:411 sssd-ipa.5.xml:389 sssd-ipa.5.xml:408 sssd-ipa.5.xml:427
 5751 #: sssd-ipa.5.xml:446
 5752 msgid ""
 5753 "See <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> for information about configuring "
 5754 "multiple search bases."
 5755 msgstr ""
 5756 "複数の検索ベースを設定することの詳細は <quote>ldap_search_base</quote> を参照"
 5757 "してください。"
 5758 
 5759 #. type: Content of: <listitem><para>
 5760 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:416 sssd-ipa.5.xml:394 include/ldap_search_bases.xml:27
 5761 msgid "Default: the value of <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis>"
 5762 msgstr "初期値: <emphasis>ldap_search_base</emphasis> の値"
 5763 
 5764 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5765 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:423
 5766 msgid "ldap_service_search_base (string)"
 5767 msgstr "ldap_service_search_base (文字列)"
 5768 
 5769 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5770 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:428
 5771 msgid "ldap_iphost_search_base (string)"
 5772 msgstr ""
 5773 
 5774 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5775 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:433
 5776 msgid "ldap_ipnetwork_search_base (string)"
 5777 msgstr ""
 5778 
 5779 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5780 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:438
 5781 msgid "ldap_search_timeout (integer)"
 5782 msgstr "ldap_search_timeout (整数)"
 5783 
 5784 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5785 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:441
 5786 msgid ""
 5787 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
 5788 "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
 5789 "is entered)"
 5790 msgstr ""
 5791 
 5792 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5793 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:447
 5794 msgid ""
 5795 "Note: this option is subject to change in future versions of the SSSD. It "
 5796 "will likely be replaced at some point by a series of timeouts for specific "
 5797 "lookup types."
 5798 msgstr ""
 5799 "注: このオプションは SSSD の将来のバージョンにおいて変更される可能性がありま"
 5800 "す。特定の種類の検索のために一連のタイムアウトによりある時点に置き換えられる"
 5801 "かもしれません。"
 5802 
 5803 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5804 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:459
 5805 msgid "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (integer)"
 5806 msgstr "ldap_enumeration_search_timeout (整数)"
 5807 
 5808 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5809 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:462
 5810 msgid ""
 5811 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
 5812 "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
 5813 "are returned (and offline mode is entered)"
 5814 msgstr ""
 5815 
 5816 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5817 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:475
 5818 msgid "ldap_network_timeout (integer)"
 5819 msgstr "ldap_network_timeout (整数)"
 5820 
 5821 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5822 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:478
 5823 msgid ""
 5824 "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the <citerefentry> "
 5825 "<refentrytitle>poll</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/"
 5826 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5827 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> following a <citerefentry> "
 5828 "<refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5829 "citerefentry> returns in case of no activity."
 5830 msgstr ""
 5831 "<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>connect</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</"
 5832 "manvolnum> </citerefentry> に続けて <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>poll</"
 5833 "refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </citerefentry>/<citerefentry> "
 5834 "<refentrytitle>select</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>2</manvolnum> </"
 5835 "citerefentry> が未使用を返した後のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。"
 5836 
 5837 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5838 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:501
 5839 msgid "ldap_opt_timeout (integer)"
 5840 msgstr "ldap_opt_timeout (整数)"
 5841 
 5842 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5843 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:504
 5844 msgid ""
 5845 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
 5846 "will abort if no response is received. Also controls the timeout when "
 5847 "communicating with the KDC in case of SASL bind, the timeout of an LDAP bind "
 5848 "operation, password change extended operation and the StartTLS operation."
 5849 msgstr ""
 5850 
 5851 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5852 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:519
 5853 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (integer)"
 5854 msgstr "ldap_connection_expire_timeout (整数)"
 5855 
 5856 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5857 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:522
 5858 msgid ""
 5859 "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
 5860 "maintained. After this time, the connection will be re-established. If used "
 5861 "in parallel with SASL/GSSAPI, the sooner of the two values (this value vs. "
 5862 "the TGT lifetime)  will be used."
 5863 msgstr ""
 5864 
 5865 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5866 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:530
 5867 msgid ""
 5868 "This timeout can be extended of a random value specified by "
 5869 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_offset</emphasis>"
 5870 msgstr ""
 5871 
 5872 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5873 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:535 sssd-ldap.5.xml:1565
 5874 msgid "Default: 900 (15 minutes)"
 5875 msgstr "初期値: 900 (15 分)"
 5876 
 5877 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5878 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:541
 5879 msgid "ldap_connection_expire_offset (integer)"
 5880 msgstr ""
 5881 
 5882 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5883 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:544
 5884 msgid ""
 5885 "Random offset between 0 and configured value is added to "
 5886 "<emphasis>ldap_connection_expire_timeout</emphasis>."
 5887 msgstr ""
 5888 
 5889 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5890 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:555
 5891 msgid "ldap_page_size (integer)"
 5892 msgstr "ldap_page_size (整数)"
 5893 
 5894 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5895 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:558
 5896 msgid ""
 5897 "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
 5898 "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
 5899 msgstr ""
 5900 "1 回の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数を指定します。いくつかの LDAP サー"
 5901 "バーは 1 要求あたりの最大数の制限を強制します。"
 5902 
 5903 #. type: Content of: <refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5904 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:563 include/failover.xml:84
 5905 msgid "Default: 1000"
 5906 msgstr "初期値: 1000"
 5907 
 5908 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5909 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:569
 5910 msgid "ldap_disable_paging (boolean)"
 5911 msgstr "ldap_disable_paging (論理値)"
 5912 
 5913 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5914 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:572
 5915 msgid ""
 5916 "Disable the LDAP paging control. This option should be used if the LDAP "
 5917 "server reports that it supports the LDAP paging control in its RootDSE but "
 5918 "it is not enabled or does not behave properly."
 5919 msgstr ""
 5920 "LDAP ページング制御を無効にします。LDAP サーバーがその RootDSE において LDAP "
 5921 "ページング制御をサポートするが、有効化されていない、もしくは正しく動作しない"
 5922 "ことを報告する場合に、このオプションが使用されます。"
 5923 
 5924 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5925 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:578
 5926 msgid ""
 5927 "Example: OpenLDAP servers with the paging control module installed on the "
 5928 "server but not enabled will report it in the RootDSE but be unable to use it."
 5929 msgstr ""
 5930 "例: サーバーにページング制御モジュールがインストールされているが、RootDSE に"
 5931 "おいて有効化されていないと報告され、それを使用できない OpenLDAP サーバーで"
 5932 "す。"
 5933 
 5934 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5935 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:584
 5936 msgid ""
 5937 "Example: 389 DS has a bug where it can only support a one paging control at "
 5938 "a time on a single connection. On busy clients, this can result in some "
 5939 "requests being denied."
 5940 msgstr ""
 5941 "例: 389 DS は単一の接続において同時に 1 つのページ制御のみをサポートします。"
 5942 "負荷の高いクライアントにおいては、いくつかの要求が拒否される結果になる可能性"
 5943 "があります。"
 5944 
 5945 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5946 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:596
 5947 msgid "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (boolean)"
 5948 msgstr "ldap_disable_range_retrieval (論理値)"
 5949 
 5950 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5951 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:599
 5952 msgid "Disable Active Directory range retrieval."
 5953 msgstr "Active Directory の範囲の取得を無効化します。"
 5954 
 5955 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5956 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:602
 5957 msgid ""
 5958 "Active Directory limits the number of members to be retrieved in a single "
 5959 "lookup using the MaxValRange policy (which defaults to 1500 members). If a "
 5960 "group contains more members, the reply would include an AD-specific range "
 5961 "extension. This option disables parsing of the range extension, therefore "
 5962 "large groups will appear as having no members."
 5963 msgstr ""
 5964 
 5965 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5966 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:617
 5967 msgid "ldap_sasl_minssf (integer)"
 5968 msgstr "ldap_sasl_minssf (整数)"
 5969 
 5970 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5971 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:620
 5972 msgid ""
 5973 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
 5974 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5975 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5976 msgstr ""
 5977 
 5978 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5979 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:626 sssd-ldap.5.xml:642
 5980 msgid "Default: Use the system default (usually specified by ldap.conf)"
 5981 msgstr ""
 5982 
 5983 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5984 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:633
 5985 msgid "ldap_sasl_maxssf (integer)"
 5986 msgstr ""
 5987 
 5988 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 5989 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:636
 5990 msgid ""
 5991 "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the maximal "
 5992 "security level necessary to establish the connection. The values of this "
 5993 "option are defined by OpenLDAP."
 5994 msgstr ""
 5995 
 5996 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 5997 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:649
 5998 msgid "ldap_deref_threshold (integer)"
 5999 msgstr "ldap_deref_threshold (整数)"
 6000 
 6001 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6002 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:652
 6003 msgid ""
 6004 "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
 6005 "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup. If less members are missing, "
 6006 "they are looked up individually."
 6007 msgstr ""
 6008 
 6009 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6010 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:658
 6011 msgid ""
 6012 "You can turn off dereference lookups completely by setting the value to 0. "
 6013 "Please note that there are some codepaths in SSSD, like the IPA HBAC "
 6014 "provider, that are only implemented using the dereference call, so even with "
 6015 "dereference explicitly disabled, those parts will still use dereference if "
 6016 "the server supports it and advertises the dereference control in the rootDSE "
 6017 "object."
 6018 msgstr ""
 6019 
 6020 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6021 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:669
 6022 msgid ""
 6023 "A dereference lookup is a means of fetching all group members in a single "
 6024 "LDAP call.  Different LDAP servers may implement different dereference "
 6025 "methods. The currently supported servers are 389/RHDS, OpenLDAP and Active "
 6026 "Directory."
 6027 msgstr ""
 6028 
 6029 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6030 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:677
 6031 msgid ""
 6032 "<emphasis>Note:</emphasis> If any of the search bases specifies a search "
 6033 "filter, then the dereference lookup performance enhancement will be disabled "
 6034 "regardless of this setting."
 6035 msgstr ""
 6036 
 6037 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6038 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:690
 6039 msgid "ldap_tls_reqcert (string)"
 6040 msgstr "ldap_tls_reqcert (文字列)"
 6041 
 6042 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6043 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:693
 6044 msgid ""
 6045 "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if "
 6046 "any. It can be specified as one of the following values:"
 6047 msgstr ""
 6048 "もしあれば、 TLS セッションにおいてサーバー証明書において実行するためにチェッ"
 6049 "クするものを指定します。以下の値のうち 1 つを指定できます:"
 6050 
 6051 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6052 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:699
 6053 msgid ""
 6054 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = The client will not request or check any server "
 6055 "certificate."
 6056 msgstr ""
 6057 "<emphasis>never</emphasis> = クライアントがすべてのサーバー証明書を要求または"
 6058 "確認しません。"
 6059 
 6060 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6061 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:703
 6062 msgid ""
 6063 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 6064 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 6065 "is provided, it will be ignored and the session proceeds normally."
 6066 msgstr ""
 6067 "<emphasis>allow</emphasis> = サーバー証明書が要求されます。証明書が提供されな"
 6068 "ければ、セッションが通常通り進められます。不正な証明書が提供されると、それは"
 6069 "無視され、セッションが通常通り進められます。"
 6070 
 6071 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6072 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:710
 6073 msgid ""
 6074 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 6075 "certificate is provided, the session proceeds normally. If a bad certificate "
 6076 "is provided, the session is immediately terminated."
 6077 msgstr ""
 6078 "<emphasis>try</emphasis> = サーバー証明書が要求されます。証明書が提供されなけ"
 6079 "れば、セッションが通常通り進められます。不正な証明書が提供されると、セッショ"
 6080 "ンが直ちに終了します。"
 6081 
 6082 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6083 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:716
 6084 msgid ""
 6085 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = The server certificate is requested. If no "
 6086 "certificate is provided, or a bad certificate is provided, the session is "
 6087 "immediately terminated."
 6088 msgstr ""
 6089 "<emphasis>demand</emphasis> = サーバー証明書が要求されます。証明書が提供され"
 6090 "なければ、もしくは不正な証明書が提供されれば、セッションが直ちに終了します。"
 6091 
 6092 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6093 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:722
 6094 msgid "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = Same as <quote>demand</quote>"
 6095 msgstr "<emphasis>hard</emphasis> = <quote>demand</quote> と同じです"
 6096 
 6097 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6098 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:726
 6099 msgid "Default: hard"
 6100 msgstr "初期値: hard"
 6101 
 6102 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6103 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:732
 6104 msgid "ldap_tls_cacert (string)"
 6105 msgstr "ldap_tls_cacert (文字列)"
 6106 
 6107 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6108 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:735
 6109 msgid ""
 6110 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 6111 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> will recognize."
 6112 msgstr ""
 6113 "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
 6114 "Authorities that <command>sssd</command> が認識するすべての認証局に対する証明"
 6115 "書を含むファイルを指定します。"
 6116 
 6117 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6118 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:740 sssd-ldap.5.xml:758 sssd-ldap.5.xml:799
 6119 msgid ""
 6120 "Default: use OpenLDAP defaults, typically in <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap."
 6121 "conf</filename>"
 6122 msgstr ""
 6123 "初期値: OpenLDAP の初期値の使用、一般的に <filename>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</"
 6124 "filename> にあります"
 6125 
 6126 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6127 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:747
 6128 msgid "ldap_tls_cacertdir (string)"
 6129 msgstr "ldap_tls_cacertdir (文字列)"
 6130 
 6131 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6132 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:750
 6133 msgid ""
 6134 "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
 6135 "certificates in separate individual files. Typically the file names need to "
 6136 "be the hash of the certificate followed by '.0'.  If available, "
 6137 "<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> can be used to create the correct names."
 6138 msgstr ""
 6139 "個別のファイルに CA 証明書を含むディレクトリーのパスを指定します。一般的に"
 6140 "ファイル名は '.0' で終わる証明書のハッシュである必要があります。利用可能なら"
 6141 "ば、<command>cacertdir_rehash</command> は正しい名前を作成するために使用でき"
 6142 "ます。"
 6143 
 6144 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6145 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:765
 6146 msgid "ldap_tls_cert (string)"
 6147 msgstr "ldap_tls_cert (文字列)"
 6148 
 6149 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6150 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:768
 6151 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
 6152 msgstr "クライアントのキーに対する証明書を含むファイルを指定します。"
 6153 
 6154 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6155 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:778
 6156 msgid "ldap_tls_key (string)"
 6157 msgstr "ldap_tls_key (文字列)"
 6158 
 6159 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6160 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:781
 6161 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
 6162 msgstr "クライアントのキーを含むファイルを指定します。"
 6163 
 6164 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6165 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:790
 6166 msgid "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (string)"
 6167 msgstr "ldap_tls_cipher_suite (文字列)"
 6168 
 6169 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6170 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:793
 6171 msgid ""
 6172 "Specifies acceptable cipher suites.  Typically this is a colon separated "
 6173 "list.  See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ldap.conf</refentrytitle> "
 6174 "<manvolnum>5</manvolnum></citerefentry> for format."
 6175 msgstr ""
 6176 
 6177 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6178 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:806
 6179 msgid "ldap_id_use_start_tls (boolean)"
 6180 msgstr "ldap_id_use_start_tls (論理値)"
 6181 
 6182 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6183 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:809
 6184 msgid ""
 6185 "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use <systemitem class="
 6186 "\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> to protect the channel."
 6187 msgstr ""
 6188 "チャネルを保護するために <systemitem class=\"protocol\">tls</systemitem> も使"
 6189 "用する必要がある id_provider 接続を指定します。"
 6190 
 6191 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6192 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:819
 6193 msgid "ldap_id_mapping (boolean)"
 6194 msgstr "ldap_id_mapping (論理値)"
 6195 
 6196 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6197 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:822
 6198 msgid ""
 6199 "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
 6200 "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
 6201 "on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
 6202 msgstr ""
 6203 
 6204 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6205 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:828
 6206 msgid "Currently this feature supports only ActiveDirectory objectSID mapping."
 6207 msgstr ""
 6208 "この機能は現在 ActiveDirectory objectSID マッピングのみサポートします。"
 6209 
 6210 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6211 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:838
 6212 msgid "ldap_min_id, ldap_max_id (integer)"
 6213 msgstr ""
 6214 
 6215 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6216 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:841
 6217 msgid ""
 6218 "In contrast to the SID based ID mapping which is used if ldap_id_mapping is "
 6219 "set to true the allowed ID range for ldap_user_uid_number and "
 6220 "ldap_group_gid_number is unbound. In a setup with sub/trusted-domains this "
 6221 "might lead to ID collisions. To avoid collisions ldap_min_id and ldap_max_id "
 6222 "can be set to restrict the allowed range for the IDs which are read directly "
 6223 "from the server. Sub-domains can then pick other ranges to map IDs."
 6224 msgstr ""
 6225 
 6226 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6227 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:853
 6228 msgid "Default: not set (both options are set to 0)"
 6229 msgstr ""
 6230 
 6231 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6232 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:859
 6233 msgid "ldap_sasl_mech (string)"
 6234 msgstr "ldap_sasl_mech (文字列)"
 6235 
 6236 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6237 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:862
 6238 msgid ""
 6239 "Specify the SASL mechanism to use.  Currently only GSSAPI and GSS-SPNEGO are "
 6240 "tested and supported."
 6241 msgstr ""
 6242 
 6243 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6244 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:866
 6245 msgid ""
 6246 "If the backend supports sub-domains the value of ldap_sasl_mech is "
 6247 "automatically inherited to the sub-domains. If a different value is needed "
 6248 "for a sub-domain it can be overwritten by setting ldap_sasl_mech for this "
 6249 "sub-domain explicitly.  Please see TRUSTED DOMAIN SECTION in "
 6250 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sssd.conf</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</"
 6251 "manvolnum></citerefentry> for details."
 6252 msgstr ""
 6253 
 6254 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6255 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:882
 6256 msgid "ldap_sasl_authid (string)"
 6257 msgstr "ldap_sasl_authid (文字列)"
 6258 
 6259 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
 6260 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:894
 6261 #, no-wrap
 6262 msgid ""
 6263 "hostname@REALM\n"
 6264 "netbiosname$@REALM\n"
 6265 "host/hostname@REALM\n"
 6266 "*$@REALM\n"
 6267 "host/*@REALM\n"
 6268 "host/*\n"
 6269 "                            "
 6270 msgstr ""
 6271 
 6272 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6273 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:885
 6274 msgid ""
 6275 "Specify the SASL authorization id to use.  When GSSAPI/GSS-SPNEGO are used, "
 6276 "this represents the Kerberos principal used for authentication to the "
 6277 "directory.  This option can either contain the full principal (for example "
 6278 "host/myhost@EXAMPLE.COM) or just the principal name (for example host/"
 6279 "myhost).  By default, the value is not set and the following principals are "
 6280 "used: <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> If none of them are "
 6281 "found, the first principal in keytab is returned."
 6282 msgstr ""
 6283 
 6284 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6285 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:905
 6286 msgid "Default: host/hostname@REALM"
 6287 msgstr "初期値: host/hostname@REALM"
 6288 
 6289 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
 6290 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:911
 6291 msgid "ldap_sasl_realm (string)"
 6292 msgstr "ldap_sasl_realm (文字列)"
 6293 
 6294 #. type: Content of: <reference><refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
 6295 #: sssd-ldap.5.xml:914
 6296 msgid ""
 6297 "Specify the SASL realm to use. When not specified, this option defaults to "
 6298 "the value of krb5_realm.  If the ldap_sasl_authid contains the realm as "
 6299 "well, this option is ignored."